diff options
45152 files changed, 9376612 insertions, 4171953 deletions
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index b93fb7eff942..7e9932e55475 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -22,37 +22,47 @@ *.lst *.symtypes *.order +modules.builtin *.elf *.bin *.gz +*.bz2 *.lzma +*.xz +*.lz4 +*.lzo *.patch *.gcno # # Top-level generic files # -tags -TAGS -vmlinux -System.map -Module.markers -Module.symvers +/tags +/TAGS +/linux +/vmlinux +/vmlinuz +/System.map +/Module.markers +/Module.symvers + +# +# Debian directory (make deb-pkg) +# +/debian/ + +# +# git files that we don't want to ignore even it they are dot-files +# !.gitignore !.mailmap # # Generated include files # -include/asm -include/asm-*/asm-offsets.h include/config -include/linux/autoconf.h -include/linux/compile.h -include/linux/version.h -include/linux/utsrelease.h -include/linux/bounds.h include/generated +arch/*/include/generated # stgit generated dirs patches-* @@ -74,3 +84,11 @@ GTAGS *.orig *~ \#*# + +# +# Leavings from module signing +# +extra_certificates +signing_key.priv +signing_key.x509 +x509.genkey @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ Andreas Herrmann <aherrman@de.ibm.com> Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Andrew Vasquez <andrew.vasquez@qlogic.com> Andy Adamson <andros@citi.umich.edu> +Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com> Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org> Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Axel Dyks <xl@xlsigned.net> +Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com> Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com> Ben M Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com> Björn Steinbrink <B.Steinbrink@gmx.de> @@ -30,6 +32,7 @@ Brian Avery <b.avery@hp.com> Brian King <brking@us.ibm.com> Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org> +Damian Hobson-Garcia <dhobsong@igel.co.jp> David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net> David Woodhouse <dwmw2@shinybook.infradead.org> Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com> @@ -65,18 +68,20 @@ Juha Yrjola <juha.yrjola@solidboot.com> Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> Kenneth W Chen <kenneth.w.chen@intel.com> Koushik <raghavendra.koushik@neterion.com> +Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com> Leonid I Ananiev <leonid.i.ananiev@intel.com> Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com> Mark Brown <broonie@sirena.org.uk> Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr> -Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> -Michael Buesch <mbuesch@freenet.de> +Mayuresh Janorkar <mayur@ti.com> +Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> Michel Dänzer <michel@tungstengraphics.com> Mitesh shah <mshah@teja.com> Morten Welinder <terra@gnome.org> Morten Welinder <welinder@anemone.rentec.com> Morten Welinder <welinder@darter.rentec.com> Morten Welinder <welinder@troll.com> +Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com> Nguyen Anh Quynh <aquynh@gmail.com> Paolo 'Blaisorblade' Giarrusso <blaisorblade@yahoo.it> Patrick Mochel <mochel@digitalimplant.org> @@ -97,6 +102,7 @@ S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr> Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk> Stéphane Witzmann <stephane.witzmann@ubpmes.univ-bpclermont.fr> Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> +Sumit Semwal <sumit.semwal@ti.com> Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com> Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com> @@ -105,3 +111,8 @@ Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@informatik.uni-freiburg.de> Uwe Kleine-König <ukl@pengutronix.de> Uwe Kleine-König <Uwe.Kleine-Koenig@digi.com> Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu> +Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com> <viresh.kumar@st.com> +Takashi YOSHII <takashi.yoshii.zj@renesas.com> +Yusuke Goda <goda.yusuke@renesas.com> +Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br> +Gustavo Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi> @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ S: Haifa, Israel N: Johannes Berg E: johannes@sipsolutions.net W: http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/ -P: 1024D/9AB78CA5 AD02 0176 4E29 C137 1DF6 08D2 FC44 CF86 9AB7 8CA5 +P: 4096R/7BF9099A C0EB C440 F6DA 091C 884D 8532 E0F3 73F3 7BF9 099A D: powerpc & 802.11 hacker N: Stephen R. van den Berg (AKA BuGless) @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ N: Dominik Brodowski E: linux@brodo.de W: http://www.brodo.de/ P: 1024D/725B37C6 190F 3E77 9C89 3B6D BECD 46EE 67C3 0308 725B 37C6 -D: parts of CPUFreq code, ACPI bugfixes +D: parts of CPUFreq code, ACPI bugfixes, PCMCIA rewrite, cpufrequtils S: Tuebingen, Germany N: Andries Brouwer @@ -514,10 +514,23 @@ S: Bessemerstraat 21 S: Amsterdam S: The Netherlands +N: NeilBrown +E: neil@brown.name +P: 4096R/566281B9 1BC6 29EB D390 D870 7B5F 497A 39EC 9EDD 5662 81B9 +D: NFSD Maintainer 2000-2007 + N: Zach Brown E: zab@zabbo.net D: maestro pci sound +N: David Brownell +D: Kernel engineer, mentor, and friend. Maintained USB EHCI and +D: gadget layers, SPI subsystem, GPIO subsystem, and more than a few +D: device drivers. His encouragement also helped many engineers get +D: started working on the Linux kernel. David passed away in early +D: 2011, and will be greatly missed. +W: https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/4/5/36 + N: Gary Brubaker E: xavyer@ix.netcom.com D: USB Serial Empeg Empeg-car Mark I/II Driver @@ -624,14 +637,13 @@ S: 14509 NE 39th Street #1096 S: Bellevue, Washington 98007 S: USA -N: Christopher L. Cheney -E: ccheney@debian.org -E: ccheney@cheney.cx -W: http://www.cheney.cx +N: Chris Cheney +E: chris.cheney@gmail.com +E: ccheney@redhat.com P: 1024D/8E384AF2 2D31 1927 87D7 1F24 9FF9 1BC5 D106 5AB3 8E38 4AF2 D: Vista Imaging usb webcam driver -S: 314 Prince of Wales -S: Conroe, TX 77304 +S: 2308 Therrell Way +S: McKinney, TX 75070 S: USA N: Stuart Cheshire @@ -680,10 +692,13 @@ S: Oxfordshire, UK. N: Kees Cook E: kees@outflux.net -W: http://outflux.net/ -P: 1024D/17063E6D 9FA3 C49C 23C9 D1BC 2E30 1975 1FFF 4BA9 1706 3E6D -D: Minor updates to SCSI types, added /proc/pid/maps protection +E: kees@ubuntu.com +E: keescook@chromium.org +W: http://outflux.net/blog/ +P: 4096R/DC6DC026 A5C3 F68F 229D D60F 723E 6E13 8972 F4DF DC6D C026 +D: Various security things, bug fixes, and documentation. S: (ask for current address) +S: Portland, Oregon S: USA N: Robin Cornelius @@ -745,6 +760,10 @@ S: Northampton S: NN1 3QT S: United Kingdom +N: Massimo Dal Zotto +E: dz@debian.org +D: i8k Dell laptop SMM driver + N: Uwe Dannowski E: Uwe.Dannowski@ira.uka.de W: http://i30www.ira.uka.de/~dannowsk/ @@ -849,6 +868,10 @@ S: One Dell Way S: Round Rock, TX 78682 S: USA +N: Mattia Dongili +E: malattia@gmail.com +D: cpufrequtils (precursor to cpupowerutils) + N: Ben Dooks E: ben-linux@fluff.org E: ben@simtec.co.uk @@ -933,11 +956,11 @@ S: Blacksburg, Virginia 24061 S: USA N: Randy Dunlap -E: rdunlap@xenotime.net -W: http://www.xenotime.net/linux/linux.html -W: http://www.linux-usb.org +E: rdunlap@infradead.org +W: http://www.infradead.org/~rdunlap/ D: Linux-USB subsystem, USB core/UHCI/printer/storage drivers D: x86 SMP, ACPI, bootflag hacking +D: documentation, builds S: (ask for current address) S: USA @@ -1096,6 +1119,7 @@ D: author of userfs filesystem D: Improved mmap and munmap handling D: General mm minor tidyups D: autofs v4 maintainer +D: Xen subsystem S: 987 Alabama St S: San Francisco S: CA, 94110 @@ -1490,6 +1514,14 @@ D: Natsemi ethernet D: Cobalt Networks (x86) support D: This-and-That +N: Mark M. Hoffman +E: mhoffman@lightlink.com +D: asb100, lm93 and smsc47b397 hardware monitoring drivers +D: hwmon subsystem core +D: hwmon subsystem maintainer +D: i2c-sis96x and i2c-stub SMBus drivers +S: USA + N: Dirk Hohndel E: hohndel@suse.de D: The XFree86[tm] Project @@ -1552,12 +1584,12 @@ S: Wantage, New Jersey 07461 S: USA N: Harald Hoyer -E: harald.hoyer@parzelle.de -W: http://parzelle.de/ +E: harald@redhat.com +W: http://www.harald-hoyer.de D: ip_masq_quake D: md boot support -S: Hohe Strasse 30 -S: D-70176 Stuttgart +S: Am Strand 5 +S: D-19063 Schwerin S: Germany N: Jan Hubicka @@ -1677,7 +1709,7 @@ W: http://www.codemonkey.org.uk D: Assorted VIA x86 support. D: 2.5 AGPGART overhaul. D: CPUFREQ maintenance. -D: Fedora kernel maintainence. +D: Fedora kernel maintenance. D: Misc/Other. S: 314 Littleton Rd, Westford, MA 01886, USA @@ -1803,6 +1835,11 @@ S: Kattreinstr 38 S: D-64295 S: Germany +N: Avi Kivity +E: avi.kivity@gmail.com +D: Kernel-based Virtual Machine (KVM) +S: Ra'annana, Israel + N: Andi Kleen E: andi@firstfloor.org U: http://www.halobates.de @@ -1875,6 +1912,11 @@ S: Kruislaan 419 S: 1098 VA Amsterdam S: The Netherlands +N: Goran Koruga +E: korugag@siol.net +D: cpufrequtils (precursor to cpupowerutils) +S: Slovenia + N: Jiri Kosina E: jikos@jikos.cz E: jkosina@suse.cz @@ -2365,8 +2407,6 @@ E: acme@redhat.com W: http://oops.ghostprotocols.net:81/blog/ P: 1024D/9224DF01 D5DF E3BB E3C8 BCBB F8AD 841A B6AB 4681 9224 DF01 D: IPX, LLC, DCCP, cyc2x, wl3501_cs, net/ hacks -S: R. Brasílio Itiberê, 4270/1010 - Água Verde -S: 80240-060 - Curitiba - Paraná S: Brazil N: Karsten Merker @@ -2768,8 +2808,7 @@ S: Ottawa, Ontario S: Canada K2P 0X8 N: Mikael Pettersson -E: mikpe@it.uu.se -W: http://user.it.uu.se/~mikpe/linux/ +E: mikpelinux@gmail.com D: Miscellaneous fixes N: Reed H. Petty @@ -2813,8 +2852,8 @@ D: CDROM driver "sonycd535" (Sony CDU-535/531) N: Stelian Pop E: stelian@popies.net P: 1024D/EDBB6147 7B36 0E07 04BC 11DC A7A0 D3F7 7185 9E7A EDBB 6147 -D: sonypi, meye drivers, mct_u232 usb serial hacks -S: Paris, France +D: random kernel hacks +S: Paimpont, France N: Pete Popov E: pete_popov@yahoo.com @@ -2910,6 +2949,12 @@ S: Schlossbergring 9 S: 79098 Freiburg S: Germany +N: Thomas Renninger +E: trenn@suse.de +D: cpupowerutils +S: SUSE Linux GmbH +S: Germany + N: Joerg Reuter E: jreuter@yaina.de W: http://yaina.de/jreuter/ @@ -2945,6 +2990,10 @@ S: Kasarmikatu 11 A4 S: 70110 Kuopio S: Finland +N: Tobias Ringström +E: tori@unhappy.mine.nu +D: Davicom DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 fast ethernet driver + N: Luca Risolia E: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it P: 1024D/FCE635A4 88E8 F32F 7244 68BA 3958 5D40 99DA 5D2A FCE6 35A4 @@ -3213,7 +3262,7 @@ N: James Simmons E: jsimmons@infradead.org E: jsimmons@users.sf.net D: Frame buffer device maintainer -D: input layer developement +D: input layer development D: tty/console layer D: various mipsel devices S: 115 Carmel Avenue @@ -3292,7 +3341,7 @@ S: USA N: Manfred Spraul E: manfred@colorfullife.com W: http://www.colorfullife.com/~manfred -D: Lots of tiny hacks. Larger improvments to SysV IPC msg, +D: Lots of tiny hacks. Larger improvements to SysV IPC msg, D: slab, pipe, select. S: 71701 Schwieberdingen S: Germany @@ -3554,12 +3603,12 @@ E: cvance@nai.com D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules N: Petr Vandrovec -E: vandrove@vc.cvut.cz +E: petr@vandrovec.name D: Small contributions to ncpfs D: Matrox framebuffer driver -S: Chudenicka 8 -S: 10200 Prague 10, Hostivar -S: Czech Republic +S: 21513 Conradia Ct +S: Cupertino, CA 95014 +S: USA N: Thibaut Varene E: T-Bone@parisc-linux.org @@ -3781,8 +3830,8 @@ D: INFO-SHEET, former maintainer D: Author of the longest-living linux bug N: Jonathan Woithe -E: jwoithe@physics.adelaide.edu.au -W: http://www.physics.adelaide.edu.au/~jwoithe +E: jwoithe@just42.net +W: http:/www.just42.net/jwoithe D: ALS-007 sound card extensions to Sound Blaster driver S: 20 Jordan St S: Valley View, SA 5093 @@ -3915,6 +3964,10 @@ S: Flandernstrasse 101 S: D-73732 Esslingen S: Germany +N: Roman Zippel +E: zippel@linux-m68k.org +D: AFFS and HFS filesystems, m68k maintainer, new kernel configuration in 2.5 + N: Leonard N. Zubkoff W: http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/ D: BusLogic SCSI driver diff --git a/Documentation/.gitignore b/Documentation/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bcd907b4141f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +filesystems/dnotify_test +laptops/dslm +timers/hpet_example +vm/hugepage-mmap +vm/hugepage-shm +vm/map_hugetlb + diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index 06b982affe76..38f8444bdd0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ This is a brief list of all the files in ./linux/Documentation and what they contain. If you add a documentation file, please list it here in alphabetical order as well, or risk being hunted down like a rabid dog. -Please try and keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line. +Please keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line. Thanks -- Paul G. Following translations are available on the WWW: - - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (JF@linux.or.jp), at - http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/ + - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (jf@listserv.linux.or.jp), at + http://linuxjf.sourceforge.jp/ 00-INDEX - this file. @@ -20,26 +20,33 @@ BUG-HUNTING Changes - list of changes that break older software packages. CodingStyle - - how the boss likes the C code in the kernel to look. -development-process/ - - An extended tutorial on how to work with the kernel development - process. + - how the maintainers expect the C code in the kernel to look. DMA-API.txt - DMA API, pci_ API & extensions for non-consistent memory machines. +DMA-API-HOWTO.txt + - Dynamic DMA mapping Guide DMA-ISA-LPC.txt - How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices. +DMA-attributes.txt + - listing of the various possible attributes a DMA region can have DocBook/ - directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation. +EDID/ + - directory with info on customizing EDID for broken gfx/displays. HOWTO - the process and procedures of how to do Linux kernel development. -IO-mapping.txt - - how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers. IPMI.txt - info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver. IRQ-affinity.txt - how to select which CPU(s) handle which interrupt events on SMP. +IRQ-domain.txt + - info on interrupt numbering and setting up IRQ domains. IRQ.txt - description of what an IRQ is. +Intel-IOMMU.txt + - basic info on the Intel IOMMU virtualization support. +Makefile + - some files in Documentation dir are actually sample code to build ManagementStyle - how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers. RCU/ @@ -68,10 +75,16 @@ applying-patches.txt - description of various trees and how to apply their patches. arm/ - directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture. +arm64/ + - directory with info about Linux on the 64 bit ARM architecture. atomic_ops.txt - semantics and behavior of atomic and bitmask operations. auxdisplay/ - misc. LCD driver documentation (cfag12864b, ks0108). +backlight/ + - directory with info on controlling backlights in flat panel displays +bad_memory.txt + - how to use kernel parameters to exclude bad RAM regions. basic_profiling.txt - basic instructions for those who wants to profile Linux kernel. binfmt_misc.txt @@ -82,14 +95,28 @@ block/ - info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer. blockdev/ - info on block devices & drivers +braille-console.txt + - info on how to use serial devices for Braille support. +bt8xxgpio.txt + - info on how to modify a bt8xx video card for GPIO usage. btmrvl.txt - info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage. +bus-devices/ + - directory with info on TI GPMC (General Purpose Memory Controller) +bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt + - how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers. cachetlb.txt - describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses. cdrom/ - directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has. cgroups/ - cgroups features, including cpusets and memory controller. +circular-buffers.txt + - how to make use of the existing circular buffer infrastructure +clk.txt + - info on the common clock framework +coccinelle.txt + - info on how to get and use the Coccinelle code checking tool. connector/ - docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod. console/ @@ -104,6 +131,8 @@ cpuidle/ - info on CPU_IDLE, CPU idle state management subsystem. cputopology.txt - documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs. +crc32.txt + - brief tutorial on CRC computation cris/ - directory with info about Linux on CRIS architecture. crypto/ @@ -112,42 +141,68 @@ dcdbas.txt - information on the Dell Systems Management Base Driver. debugging-modules.txt - some notes on debugging modules after Linux 2.6.3. +debugging-via-ohci1394.txt + - how to use firewire like a hardware debugger memory reader. dell_rbu.txt - document demonstrating the use of the Dell Remote BIOS Update driver. +development-process/ + - how to work with the mainline kernel development process. device-mapper/ - directory with info on Device Mapper. devices.txt - plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s. +devicetree/ + - directory with info on device tree files used by OF/PowerPC/ARM +digsig.txt + -info on the Digital Signature Verification API +dma-buf-sharing.txt + - the DMA Buffer Sharing API Guide +dmaengine.txt + -the DMA Engine API Guide dontdiff - file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed. driver-model/ - directory with info about Linux driver model. dvb/ - info on Linux Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) subsystem. +dynamic-debug-howto.txt + - how to use the dynamic debug (dyndbg) feature. early-userspace/ - info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot. edac.txt - information on EDAC - Error Detection And Correction eisa.txt - info on EISA bus support. -exception.txt - - how Linux v2.2 handles exceptions without verify_area etc. +email-clients.txt + - info on how to use e-mail to send un-mangled (git) patches. +extcon/ + - directory with porting guide for Android kernel switch driver. fault-injection/ - dir with docs about the fault injection capabilities infrastructure. fb/ - directory with info on the frame buffer graphics abstraction layer. -feature-removal-schedule.txt - - list of files and features that are going to be removed. filesystems/ - info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports. firmware_class/ - request_firmware() hotplug interface info. +flexible-arrays.txt + - how to make use of flexible sized arrays in linux +fmc/ + - information about the FMC bus abstraction frv/ - Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation. +futex-requeue-pi.txt + - info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex +gcov.txt + - use of GCC's coverage testing tool "gcov" with the Linux kernel gpio.txt - overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions. +hid/ + - directory with information on human interface devices highuid.txt - notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs. +hwspinlock.txt + - hardware spinlock provides hardware assistance for synchronization timers/ - info on the timer related topics hw_random.txt @@ -164,10 +219,16 @@ ia64/ - directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture. infiniband/ - directory with documents concerning Linux InfiniBand support. +init.txt + - what to do when the kernel can't find the 1st process to run. initrd.txt - how to use the RAM disk as an initial/temporary root filesystem. input/ - info on Linux input device support. +intel_txt.txt + - info on intel Trusted Execution Technology (intel TXT). +io-mapping.txt + - description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h io_ordering.txt - info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses. ioctl/ @@ -182,6 +243,8 @@ isdn/ - directory with info on the Linux ISDN support, and supported cards. java.txt - info on the in-kernel binary support for Java(tm). +ja_JP/ + - directory with Japanese translations of various documents kbuild/ - directory with info about the kernel build process. kdump/ @@ -192,10 +255,12 @@ kernel-docs.txt - listing of various WWW + books that document kernel internals. kernel-parameters.txt - summary listing of command line / boot prompt args for the kernel. -keys-request-key.txt - - description of the kernel key request service. -keys.txt - - description of the kernel key retention service. +kmemcheck.txt + - info on dynamic checker that detects uses of uninitialized memory. +kmemleak.txt + - info on how to make use of the kernel memory leak detection system +ko_KR/ + - directory with Korean translations of various documents kobject.txt - info of the kobject infrastructure of the Linux kernel. kprobes.txt @@ -206,12 +271,16 @@ laptops/ - directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation. ldm.txt - a brief description of LDM (Windows Dynamic Disks). -leds-class.txt - - documents LED handling under Linux. +leds/ + - directory with info about LED handling under Linux. local_ops.txt - semantics and behavior of local atomic operations. lockdep-design.txt - documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator. +lockstat.txt + - info on collecting statistics on locks (and contention). +lockup-watchdogs.txt + - info on soft and hard lockup detectors (aka nmi_watchdog). logo.gif - full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux). logo.txt @@ -220,18 +289,30 @@ m68k/ - directory with info about Linux on Motorola 68k architecture. magic-number.txt - list of magic numbers used to mark/protect kernel data structures. -mca.txt - - info on supporting Micro Channel Architecture (e.g. PS/2) systems. md.txt - info on boot arguments for the multiple devices driver. +media-framework.txt + - info on media framework, its data structures, functions and usage. memory-barriers.txt - info on Linux kernel memory barriers. +memory-devices/ + - directory with info on parts like the Texas Instruments EMIF driver memory-hotplug.txt - Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status. memory.txt - info on typical Linux memory problems. +metag/ + - directory with info about Linux on Meta architecture. mips/ - directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture. +misc-devices/ + - directory with info about devices using the misc dev subsystem +mmc/ + - directory with info about the MMC subsystem +mn10300/ + - directory with info about the mn10300 architecture port +mtd/ + - directory with info about memory technology devices (flash) mono.txt - how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC. mutex-design.txt @@ -242,14 +323,16 @@ netlabel/ - directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem. networking/ - directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux. -nmi_watchdog.txt - - info on NMI watchdog for SMP systems. +nfc/ + - directory relating info about Near Field Communications support. nommu-mmap.txt - documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support. numastat.txt - info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs. oops-tracing.txt - how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages. +padata.txt + - An introduction to the "padata" parallel execution API parisc/ - directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture. parport.txt @@ -258,26 +341,46 @@ parport-lowlevel.txt - description and usage of the low level parallel port functions. pcmcia/ - info on the Linux PCMCIA driver. +percpu-rw-semaphore.txt + - RCU based read-write semaphore optimized for locking for reading pi-futex.txt - - documentation on lightweight PI-futexes. + - documentation on lightweight priority inheritance futexes. +pinctrl.txt + - info on pinctrl subsystem and the PINMUX/PINCONF and drivers pnp.txt - Linux Plug and Play documentation. power/ - directory with info on Linux PCI power management. powerpc/ - directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC. +prctl/ + - directory with info on the priveledge control subsystem preempt-locking.txt - info on locking under a preemptive kernel. printk-formats.txt - how to get printk format specifiers right -prio_tree.txt - - info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas. +pps/ + - directory with information on the pulse-per-second support +ptp/ + - directory with info on support for IEEE 1588 PTP clocks in Linux. +pwm.txt + - info on the pulse width modulation driver subsystem +ramoops.txt + - documentation of the ramoops oops/panic logging module. +rapidio/ + - directory with info on RapidIO packet-based fabric interconnect rbtree.txt - info on what red-black trees are and what they are for. +remoteproc.txt + - info on how to handle remote processor (e.g. AMP) offloads/usage. +rfkill.txt + - info on the radio frequency kill switch subsystem/support. robust-futex-ABI.txt - documentation of the robust futex ABI. robust-futexes.txt - a description of what robust futexes are. +rpmsg.txt + - info on the Remote Processor Messaging (rpmsg) Framework rt-mutex-design.txt - description of the RealTime mutex implementation design. rt-mutex.txt @@ -290,6 +393,8 @@ scheduler/ - directory with info on the scheduler. scsi/ - directory with info on Linux scsi support. +security/ + - directory that contains security-related info serial/ - directory with info on the low level serial API. serial-console.txt @@ -300,10 +405,10 @@ sgi-visws.txt - short blurb on the SGI Visual Workstations. sh/ - directory with info on porting Linux to a new architecture. +smsc_ece1099.txt + -info on the smsc Keyboard Scan Expansion/GPIO Expansion device. sound/ - directory with info on sound card support. -sparc/ - - directory with info on using Linux on Sparc architecture. sparse.txt - info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking. spi/ @@ -314,6 +419,8 @@ stable_api_nonsense.txt - info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi. stable_kernel_rules.txt - rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases. +static-keys.txt + - info on how static keys allow debug code in hotpaths via patching svga.txt - short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS. sysfs-rules.txt @@ -322,33 +429,53 @@ sysctl/ - directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files. sysrq.txt - info on the magic SysRq key. -telephony/ - - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support. -time_interpolators.txt - - info on time interpolators. -uml/ - - directory with information about User Mode Linux. +target/ + - directory with info on generating TCM v4 fabric .ko modules +thermal/ + - directory with information on managing thermal issues (CPU/temp) +trace/ + - directory with info on tracing technologies within linux +unaligned-memory-access.txt + - info on how to avoid arch breaking unaligned memory access in code. unicode.txt - info on the Unicode character/font mapping used in Linux. unshare.txt - description of the Linux unshare system call. usb/ - directory with info regarding the Universal Serial Bus. +vDSO/ + - directory with info regarding virtual dynamic shared objects +vfio.txt + - info on Virtual Function I/O used in guest/hypervisor instances. +vgaarbiter.txt + - info on enable/disable the legacy decoding on different VGA devices video-output.txt - sysfs class driver interface to enable/disable a video output device. video4linux/ - directory with info regarding video/TV/radio cards and linux. +virtual/ + - directory with information on the various linux virtualizations. vm/ - directory with info on the Linux vm code. +vme_api.txt + - file relating info on the VME bus API in linux volatile-considered-harmful.txt - Why the "volatile" type class should not be used -voyager.txt - - guide to running Linux on the Voyager architecture. w1/ - directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem. watchdog/ - how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-) +wimax/ + - directory with info about Intel Wireless Wimax Connections +workqueue.txt + - information on the Concurrency Managed Workqueue implementation x86/x86_64/ - directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines. +xtensa/ + - directory with documents relating to arch/xtensa port/implementation +xz.txt + - how to make use of the XZ data compression within linux kernel +zh_CN/ + - directory with Chinese translations of various documents zorro.txt - info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README index 9feaf16f1617..10069828568b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/README +++ b/Documentation/ABI/README @@ -36,9 +36,6 @@ The different levels of stability are: the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in time. The description of the interface will document the reason why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed. - The file Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt may describe - some of these interfaces, giving a schedule for when they will - be removed. removed/ This directory contains a list of the old interfaces that have diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/dv1394 b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/dv1394 deleted file mode 100644 index 2ee36864ca10..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/dv1394 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -What: dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire) -Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net -Description: - New application development should use raw1394 + userspace libraries - instead, notably libiec61883 which is functionally equivalent. - -Users: - ffmpeg/libavformat (used by a variety of media players) - dvgrab v1.x (replaced by dvgrab2 on top of raw1394 and resp. libraries) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb deleted file mode 100644 index 9c49d8e6c0cc..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/o2cb symlink -Date: Dec 2005 -KernelVersion: 2.6.16 -Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com -Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink will - be removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look - in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new - software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead. - See Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb for more information on usage. -Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to - ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b0b0eeb20fe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /proc/sys/vm/nr_pdflush_threads +Date: June 2012 +Contact: Wanpeng Li <liwp@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: Since pdflush is replaced by per-BDI flusher, the interface of old pdflush + exported in /proc/sys/vm/ should be removed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bd096d33fbc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/level +Date: March 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + Each USB device directory will contain a file named + power/level. This file holds a power-level setting for + the device, either "on" or "auto". + + "on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend, + although normal suspends for system sleep will still + be honored. "auto" means the device will autosuspend + and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the + capabilities of its driver. + + During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto" + level. The "on" level is meant for administrative uses. + If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it + free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should + write "0" to power/autosuspend. + + Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be + left in the "on" level. Although the USB spec requires + devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not. + In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core + initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level. Some + drivers may change this setting when they are bound. + + This file is deprecated and will be removed after 2010. + Use the power/control file instead; it does exactly the + same thing. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ff60ad9eca4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support + +For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current state of the transmitter. + This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014, + because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block' + state of the rfkill driver. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED + transmitter is turned off by software + 1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED + transmitter is (potentially) active + 2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED + transmitter is forced off by something outside of + the driver's control. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file is deprecated because there no longer is a way to + claim just control over a single rfkill instance. + This file is scheduled to be removed in 2012. +Values: 0: Kernel handles events diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..833fd59926a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the + profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. + Please use actual_profile, it does the same thing. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21 + This file is readonly. + Please read binary attribute info which contains firmware version. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. + The returned data is 77 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile settings. + The returned data is 43 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4a98e02b6c6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_cpi +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the active + cpi level. + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_x +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + sensitivity in x direction. + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_y +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + sensitivity in y direction. + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/firmware_version +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21 + This file is readonly. + Obsoleted by binary sysfs attribute "info". +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. + The returned data is 23 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile settings. + The returned data is 16 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..87ac87e9556d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_cpi +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the + press of a button. + When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi + setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further + processed to receive the real dpi value. + + VALUE DPI + 1 400 + 2 800 + 4 1600 + + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in + range 0-4. + This file is readonly. + Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 + This file is readonly. + Please use binary attribute "info" which provides this information. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. + The returned data is 19 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile settings. + The returned data is 13 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on. + This file is readonly. + Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs index 8ffd28bf6598..0020c49933c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: devfs Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c2310b6676f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire) +Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + /dev/dv1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire + controller and for NTSC and PAL respectively, from which DV data + could be received by read() or transmitted by write(). A few + ioctl()s allowed limited control. + This special-purpose interface has been superseded by libraw1394 + + libiec61883 which are functionally equivalent, support HDV, and + transparently work on top of the newer firewire kernel drivers. + +Users: + ffmpeg/libavformat (if configured for DV1394) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3243613bc2d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: ip_queue +Date: finally removed in kernel v3.5.0 +Contact: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> +Description: + ip_queue has been replaced by nfnetlink_queue which provides + more advanced queueing mechanism to user-space. The ip_queue + module was already announced to become obsolete years ago. + +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..20c91adca6d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/o2cb symlink +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink is + removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look + in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new + software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead. +Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to + ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ec333e676322 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: raw1394 (a.k.a. "Raw IEEE1394 I/O support" for FireWire) +Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + /dev/raw1394 was a character device file that allowed low-level + access to FireWire buses. Its major drawbacks were its inability + to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level + of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much + of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality. + Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of + firewire-core. + +Users: + libraw1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI + users) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394_legacy_isochronous b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394_legacy_isochronous deleted file mode 100644 index 1b629622d883..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394_legacy_isochronous +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -What: legacy isochronous ABI of raw1394 (1st generation iso ABI) -Date: June 2007 (scheduled), removed in kernel v2.6.23 -Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net -Description: - The two request types RAW1394_REQ_ISO_SEND, RAW1394_REQ_ISO_LISTEN have - been deprecated for quite some time. They are very inefficient as they - come with high interrupt load and several layers of callbacks for each - packet. Because of these deficiencies, the video1394 and dv1394 drivers - and the 3rd-generation isochronous ABI in raw1394 (rawiso) were created. - -Users: - libraw1394 users via the long deprecated API raw1394_iso_write, - raw1394_start_iso_write, raw1394_start_iso_rcv, raw1394_stop_iso_rcv - - libdc1394, which optionally uses these old libraw1394 calls - alternatively to the more efficient video1394 ABI diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c39c25aee77b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: video1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-1394 Video support" for FireWire) +Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + /dev/video1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire + controller, which were used for isochronous I/O. It was added as an + alternative to raw1394's isochronous I/O functionality which had + performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had + to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide + asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration. + Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of + firewire-core. + +Users: + libdc1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI + users) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..16d030827368 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +What: /dev/fw[0-9]+ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + The character device files /dev/fw* are the interface between + firewire-core and IEEE 1394 device drivers implemented in + userspace. The ioctl(2)- and read(2)-based ABI is defined and + documented in <linux/firewire-cdev.h>. + + This ABI offers most of the features which firewire-core also + exposes to kernelspace IEEE 1394 drivers. + + Each /dev/fw* is associated with one IEEE 1394 node, which can + be remote or local nodes. Operations on a /dev/fw* file have + different scope: + - The 1394 node which is associated with the file: + - Asynchronous request transmission + - Get the Configuration ROM + - Query node ID + - Query maximum speed of the path between this node + and local node + - The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to: + - Isochronous stream transmission and reception + - Asynchronous stream transmission and reception + - Asynchronous broadcast request transmission + - PHY packet transmission and reception + - Allocate, reallocate, deallocate isochronous + resources (channels, bandwidth) at the bus's IRM + - Query node IDs of local node, root node, IRM, bus + manager + - Query cycle time + - Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception + - All 1394 buses: + - Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local + link layers, reception of inbound requests to such + an address range, asynchronous response transmission + to inbound requests + - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM + + Due to the different scope of operations and in order to let + userland implement different access permission models, some + operations are restricted to /dev/fw* files that are associated + with a local node: + - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM + - PHY packet transmission and reception + + A /dev/fw* file remains associated with one particular node + during its entire life time. Bus topology changes, and hence + node ID changes, are tracked by firewire-core. ABI users do not + need to be aware of topology. + + The following file operations are supported: + + open(2) + Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. + + ioctl(2) + Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others + are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns. + See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for + descriptions of all ioctls. + + poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc. + Watch for events to become available to be read. + + read(2) + Receive various events. There are solicited events like + outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous + buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets, + request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read + buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that + could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions + of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of + events. + + mmap(2) + Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission + and map it into the process address space. The arguments should + be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer + size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet, + prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE + for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the + /dev/fw*, offset = 0. + + Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except + for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode. + + munmap(2) + Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space. + + close(2) + Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated + with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and + bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted + re- and deallocation. + +Users: libraw1394 + libdc1394 + tools like jujuutils, fwhack, ... diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..964c7a8afb26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile +Date: 03-Nov-2011 +KernelVersion: v3.2 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform + power management (and performance) requirement expectations + as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as + retrieved from the FADT ACPI table. +Values: For possible values see ACPI specification: + 5.2.9 Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT) + Field: Preferred_PM_Profile + + Currently these values are defined by spec: + 0 Unspecified + 1 Desktop + 2 Mobile + 3 Workstation + 4 Enterprise Server + 5 SOHO Server + 6 Appliance PC + 7 Performance Server + >7 Reserved diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..41e5a0cd1e3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 node device attributes. + Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + config_rom + Contents of the Configuration ROM register. + Binary attribute; an array of host-endian u32. + + guid + The node's EUI-64 in the bus information block of + Configuration ROM. + Hexadecimal string representation of an u64. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/units +Date: June 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 node device attribute. + Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + units + Summary of all units present in an IEEE 1394 node. + Contains space-separated tuples of specifier_id and + version of each unit present in the node. Specifier_id + and version are hexadecimal string representations of + u24 of the respective unit directory entries. + Specifier_id and version within each tuple are separated + by a colon. + +Users: udev rules to set ownership and access permissions or ACLs of + /dev/fw[0-9]+ character device files + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/is_local +Date: July 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 node device attribute. + Read-only and immutable. +Values: 1: The sysfs entry represents a local node (a controller card). + 0: The sysfs entry represents a remote node. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+[.][0-9]+/ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 unit device attributes. + Read-only. Immutable during the unit device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + modalias + Same as MODALIAS in the uevent at device creation. + + rom_index + Offset of the unit directory within the parent device's + (node device's) Configuration ROM, in quadlets. + Decimal string representation. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/*/ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + Attributes common to IEEE 1394 node devices and unit devices. + Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime. + Immutable during the unit device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + These attributes are only created if the root directory of an + IEEE 1394 node or the unit directory of an IEEE 1394 unit + actually contains according entries. + + hardware_version + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + + hardware_version_name + Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf. + + model + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + + model_name + Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf. + + specifier_id + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212. + + vendor + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + Mandatory in the root directory according to IEEE 1212. + + vendor_name + Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf. + + version + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id + formerly + /sys/bus/ieee1394/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id +Date: Feb 2004 +KernelVersion: 2.6.4 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + SCSI target port identifier and logical unit identifier of a + logical unit of an SBP-2 target. The identifiers are specified + in SAM-2...SAM-4 annex A. They are persistent and world-wide + unique properties the SBP-2 attached target. + + Read-only attribute, immutable during the target's lifetime. + Format, as exposed by firewire-sbp2 since 2.6.22, May 2007: + Colon-separated hexadecimal string representations of + u64 EUI-64 : u24 directory_ID : u16 LUN + without 0x prefixes, without whitespace. The former sbp2 driver + (removed in 2.6.37 after being superseded by firewire-sbp2) used + a somewhat shorter format which was not as close to SAM. + +Users: udev rules to create /dev/disk/by-id/ symlinks diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a6b685724740 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.23 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + If CONFIG_USB_PERSIST is set, then each USB device directory + will contain a file named power/persist. The file holds a + boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the + "USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device. Since the + facility is inherently dangerous, it is disabled by default + for all devices except hubs. For more information, see + Documentation/usb/persist.txt. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend +Date: March 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + Each USB device directory will contain a file named + power/autosuspend. This file holds the time (in seconds) + the device must be idle before it will be autosuspended. + 0 means the device will be autosuspended as soon as + possible. Negative values will prevent the device from + being autosuspended at all, and writing a negative value + will resume the device if it is already suspended. + + The autosuspend delay for newly-created devices is set to + the value of the usbcore.autosuspend module parameter. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is enabled then this file + is present. When read, it returns the total time (in msec) + that the USB device has been connected to the machine. This + file is read-only. +Users: + PowerTOP <powertop@lists.01.org> + https://01.org/powertop/ + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is enabled then this file + is present. When read, it returns the total time (in msec) + that the USB device has been active, i.e. not in a suspended + state. This file is read-only. + + Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to + compute the percentage of time that a device has been active. + For example, + echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`)) + will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not + account for counter wrap. +Users: + PowerTOP <powertop@lists.01.org> + https://01.org/powertop/ + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<port[.port]>...:<config num>-<interface num>/supports_autosuspend +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver + for this interface supports autosuspend. It also + returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an + unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being + autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle. + The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been + added to the driver. +Users: + USB PM tool + git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/ + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset_quirk +Date: December 2009 +Contact: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org> +Description: + Writing 1 to this file tells the kernel that this + device will morph into another mode when it is reset. + Drivers will not use reset for error handling for + such devices. +Users: + usb_modeswitch + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../devnum +KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18 +Description: + Device address on the USB bus. +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../bConfigurationValue +KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18 +Description: + bConfigurationValue of the *active* configuration for the + device. Writing 0 or -1 to bConfigurationValue will reset the + active configuration (unconfigure the device). Writing + another value will change the active configuration. + + Note that some devices, in violation of the USB spec, have a + configuration with a value equal to 0. Writing 0 to + bConfigurationValue for these devices will install that + configuration, rather then unconfigure the device. + + Writing -1 will always unconfigure the device. +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../busnum +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Description: + Bus-number of the USB-bus the device is connected to. +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../descriptors +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Description: + Binary file containing cached descriptors of the device. The + binary data consists of the device descriptor followed by the + descriptors for each configuration of the device. + Note that the wTotalLength of the config descriptors can not + be trusted, as the device may have a smaller config descriptor + than it advertises. The bLength field of each (sub) descriptor + can be trusted, and can be used to seek forward one (sub) + descriptor at a time until the next config descriptor is found. + All descriptors read from this file are in bus-endian format +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../speed +KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18 +Description: + Speed the device is connected with to the usb-host in + Mbit / second. IE one of 1.5 / 12 / 480 / 5000. +Users: + libusb diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3d5951c8bf5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/devtype +Date: Feb 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The type of the device. e.g., one of: 'vbd' (block), + 'vif' (network), or 'vfb' (framebuffer). + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/nodename +Date: Feb 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + XenStore node (under /local/domain/NNN/) for this + backend device. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/physical_device +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The major:minor number (in hexidecimal) of the + physical device providing the storage for this backend + block device. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/mode +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Whether the block device is read-only ('r') or + read-write ('w'). + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/f_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of flush requests from the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/oo_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of requests delayed because the backend was too + busy processing previous requests. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of read requests from the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_sect +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of sectors read by the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of write requests from the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_sect +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of sectors written by the frontend. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight index 4d637e1c4ff7..70302f370e7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight @@ -34,3 +34,23 @@ Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> Description: Maximum brightness for <backlight>. Users: HAL + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/type +Date: September 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + The type of interface controlled by <backlight>. + "firmware": The driver uses a standard firmware interface + "platform": The driver uses a platform-specific interface + "raw": The driver controls hardware registers directly + + In the general case, when multiple backlight + interfaces are available for a single device, firmware + control should be preferred to platform control should + be preferred to raw control. Using a firmware + interface reduces the probability of confusion with + the hardware and the OS independently updating the + backlight state. Platform interfaces are mostly a + holdover from pre-standardisation of firmware + interfaces. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..097f522c33bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support + +For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt. + +For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/state and +/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in +Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org, +Description: The rfkill class subsystem folder. + Each registered rfkill driver is represented by an rfkillX + subfolder (X being an integer > 0). + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/name +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Name assigned by driver to this key (interface or driver name). +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/type +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Driver type string ("wlan", "bluetooth", etc). +Values: See include/linux/rfkill.h. + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/persistent +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile + storage at startup. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: false + 1: true + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/hard +Date: 12-March-2010 +KernelVersion v2.6.34 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current hardblock state. This file is read only. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: inactive + The transmitter is (potentially) active. + 1: active + The transmitter is forced off by something outside of + the driver's control. + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/soft +Date: 12-March-2010 +KernelVersion v2.6.34 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current softblock state. This file is read and write. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: inactive + The transmitter is (potentially) active. + 1: active + The transmitter is turned off by software. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a60b45e2493b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/ +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes + the properties of that TPM chip + + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/active +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting + commands. An inactive TPM chip still contains all the state of + an active chip (Storage Root Key, NVRAM, etc), and can be + visible to the OS, but will only accept a restricted set of + commands. See the TPM Main Specification part 2, Structures, + section 17 for more information on which commands are + available. + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/cancel +Date: June 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.13 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently + pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the + TPM vendor specific cancel operation. + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/caps +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info. + + Example output: + + Manufacturer: 0x53544d20 + TCG version: 1.2 + Firmware version: 8.16 + + Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info + space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that + the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and + is manufacturer specific. + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/durations +Date: March 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values + used to wait for a short, medium and long TPM command. All + TPM commands are categorized as short, medium or long in + execution time, so that the driver doesn't have to wait + any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a + result. + + Example output: + + 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original] + + Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in + usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed + unmodified from when they were queried from the chip. + Durations can be modified in the case where a buggy chip + reports them in msec instead of usec and they need to be + scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]" + will be displayed in place of "[original]". + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/enabled +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled, + meaning that it should be visible to the OS. This property + may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that + disables the TPM. + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/owned +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership + ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0' + indicates that ownership hasn't been taken. + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pcrs +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform + Configuration Registers in the TPM. Note that since these + values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid + for a snapshot in time. + + Example output: + + PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + ... + + The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR + value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and + 1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes + long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version. + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pubek +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement + key if possible. If the TPM has had ownership established and + is version 1.2, the pubek will not be available without the + owner's authorization. Since the TPM driver doesn't store any + secrets, it can't authorize its own request for the pubek, + making it unaccessible. The public endorsement key is gener- + ated at TPM menufacture time and exists for the life of the + chip. + + Example output: + + Algorithm: 00 00 00 01 + Encscheme: 00 03 + Sigscheme: 00 01 + Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 + Modulus length: 256 + Modulus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ossible values: + + Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1) + Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2) + TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3) + Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1) + Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values: + Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048) + Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2) + Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the + default exp) + Modulus Length: 256 (bytes) + Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has + been temporarily dectivated, usually until the next power + cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip + from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific. + +What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/timeouts +Date: March 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values + for the TPM's interface spec timeouts. The use of these + timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip + conforms to. + + Example output: + + 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original] + + The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing + "[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values + were scaled by the driver to be reported in usec from msecs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ce259c13c36a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/node/possible +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that could be possibly become online at some point. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/online +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that are online. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_normal_memory +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that have regular memory. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_cpu +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that have one or more CPUs. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_high_memory +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that have regular or high memory. + Depends on CONFIG_HIGHMEM. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing + information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the + node. Each file is detailed next. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpumap +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + The node's cpumap. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpulist +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + The CPUs associated to the node. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/meminfo +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Provides information about the node's distribution and memory + utilization. Similar to /proc/meminfo, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/numastat +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + The node's hit/miss statistics, in units of pages. + See Documentation/numastat.txt + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/distance +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Distance between the node and all the other nodes + in the system. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/vmstat +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + The node's zoned virtual memory statistics. + This is a superset of numastat. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact +Date: February 2010 +Contact: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie> +Description: + When this file is written to, all memory within that node + will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed + into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/scan_unevictable_pages +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com> +Description: + When set, it triggers scanning the node's unevictable lists + and move any pages that have become evictable onto the respective + zone's inactive list. See mm/vmscan.c + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/hugepages/hugepages-<size>/ +Date: December 2009 +Contact: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com> +Description: + The node's huge page size control/query attributes. + See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..caa311d59ac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_retry_count +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The maximum number of times the balloon driver will + attempt to increase the balloon before giving up. See + also 'retry_count' below. + A value of zero means retry forever and is the default one. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_schedule_delay +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The limit that 'schedule_delay' (see below) will be + increased to. The default value is 32 seconds. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/retry_count +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The current number of times that the balloon driver + has attempted to increase the size of the balloon. + The default value is one. With max_retry_count being + zero (unlimited), this means that the driver will attempt + to retry with a 'schedule_delay' delay. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/schedule_delay +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The time (in seconds) to wait between attempts to + increase the balloon. Each time the balloon cannot be + increased, 'schedule_delay' is increased (until + 'max_schedule_delay' is reached at which point it + will use the max value). + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The target number of pages to adjust this domain's + memory reservation to. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + As target above, except the value is in KiB. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/current_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Current size (in KiB) of this domain's memory + reservation. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/high_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Amount (in KiB) of high memory in the balloon. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/low_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Amount (in KiB) of low (or normal) memory in the + balloon. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5c53d28f775c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/add_target +Date: January 2, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.15 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Interface for making ib_srp connect to a new target. + One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing + a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs + attribute. The supported parameters are: + * id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight + byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port + identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp + to the target in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request. + * ioc_guid, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight + byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target port + identifier. + * dgid, a 32-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + destination GID. + * pkey, a four-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + InfiniBand partition key. + * service_id, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + InfiniBand service ID used to establish communication with + the SRP target. How to find out the value of the service ID + is specified in the documentation of the SRP target. + * max_sect, a decimal number specifying the maximum number of + 512-byte sectors to be transferred via a single SCSI command. + * max_cmd_per_lun, a decimal number specifying the maximum + number of outstanding commands for a single LUN. + * io_class, a hexadecimal number specifying the SRP I/O class. + Must be either 0xff00 (rev 10) or 0x0100 (rev 16a). The I/O + class defines the format of the SRP initiator and target + port identifiers. + * initiator_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + identifier extension portion of the SRP initiator port + identifier. This data is sent by the initiator to the target + in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request. + * cmd_sg_entries, a number in the range 1..255 that specifies + the maximum number of data buffer descriptors stored in the + SRP_CMD information unit itself. With allow_ext_sg=0 the + parameter cmd_sg_entries defines the maximum S/G list length + for a single SRP_CMD, and commands whose S/G list length + exceeds this limit after S/G list collapsing will fail. + * allow_ext_sg, whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial + memory descriptor list in an SRP_CMD instead of the entire + list. If a partial memory descriptor list has been included + in an SRP_CMD the remaining memory descriptors are + communicated from initiator to target via an additional RDMA + transfer. Setting allow_ext_sg to 1 increases the maximum + amount of data that can be transferred between initiator and + target via a single SCSI command. Since not all SRP target + implementations support partial memory descriptor lists the + default value for this option is 0. + * sg_tablesize, a number in the range 1..2048 specifying the + maximum S/G list length the SCSI layer is allowed to pass to + ib_srp. Specifying a value that exceeds cmd_sg_entries is + only safe with partial memory descriptor list support enabled + (allow_ext_sg=1). + * comp_vector, a number in the range 0..n-1 specifying the + MSI-X completion vector. Some HCA's allocate multiple (n) + MSI-X vectors per HCA port. If the IRQ affinity masks of + these interrupts have been configured such that each MSI-X + interrupt is handled by a different CPU then the comp_vector + parameter can be used to spread the SRP completion workload + over multiple CPU's. + +What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/ibdev +Date: January 2, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.15 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: HCA name (<hca>). + +What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/port +Date: January 2, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.15 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: HCA port number (<port_number>). + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/allow_ext_sg +Date: May 19, 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial memory + descriptor list in an SRP_CMD when communicating with an SRP + target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/cmd_sg_entries +Date: May 19, 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Maximum number of data buffer descriptors that may be sent to + the target in a single SRP_CMD request. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/dgid +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand destination GID used for communication with the SRP + target. Differs from orig_dgid if port redirection has happened. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/id_ext +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Eight-byte identifier extension portion of the 16-byte target + port identifier. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/ioc_guid +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Eight-byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target + port identifier. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_device +Date: November 29, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Name of the InfiniBand HCA used for communicating with the + SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_port +Date: November 29, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of the HCA port used for communicating with the + SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/orig_dgid +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand destination GID specified in the parameters + written to the add_target sysfs attribute. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/pkey +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: A 16-bit number representing the InfiniBand partition key used + for communication with the SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/req_lim +Date: October 20, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of requests ib_srp can send to the target before it has + to wait for more credits. For more information see also the + SRP credit algorithm in the SRP specification. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/service_id +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand service ID used for establishing communication with + the SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/zero_req_lim +Date: September 20, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.18 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of times the initiator had to wait before sending a + request to the target because it ran out of credits. For more + information see also the SRP credit algorithm in the SRP + specification. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9a59d84497ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/qla2xxx/.../devices/* +Date: September 2009 +Contact: QLogic Linux Driver <linux-driver@qlogic.com> +Description: qla2xxx-udev.sh currently looks for uevent CHANGE events to + signal a firmware-dump has been generated by the driver and is + ready for retrieval. +Users: qla2xxx-udev.sh. Proposed changes should be mailed to + linux-driver@qlogic.com diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc index 9a75fb22187d..e960cd027e1e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/interface_capabilities -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/device_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/interface_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/device_capabilities Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ Description: The files are read only. -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_interface_capabilities -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_device_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_interface_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_device_capabilities Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ Description: The files are read only. -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermChar +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermChar Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ Description: sent to the device or not. -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermCharEnabled +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermCharEnabled Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the device on every transaction or not. For more details about @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ Description: published by the USB-IF. -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/auto_abort +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/auto_abort Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: - This file determines if the the transaction of the USB TMC + This file determines if the transaction of the USB TMC device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error. For more details about this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..26579ee868c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../pio +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> +Description: read/write the contents of the two PIO's of the DS28E04-100 + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100 + + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> +Description: read/write the contents of the EEPROM memory of the DS28E04-100 + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5def20b9019e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/vars +Date: April 2004 +Contact: Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com> +Description: + This directory exposes interfaces for interactive with + EFI variables. For more information on EFI variables, + see 'Variable Services' in the UEFI specification + (section 7.2 in specification version 2.3 Errata D). + + In summary, EFI variables are named, and are classified + into separate namespaces through the use of a vendor + GUID. They also have an arbitrary binary value + associated with them. + + The efivars module enumerates these variables and + creates a separate directory for each one found. Each + directory has a name of the form "<key>-<vendor guid>" + and contains the following files: + + attributes: A read-only text file enumerating the + EFI variable flags. Potential values + include: + + EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS + EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS + EFI_VARIABLE_HARDWARE_ERROR_RECORD + EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS + + See the EFI documentation for an + explanation of each of these variables. + + data: A read-only binary file that can be read + to attain the value of the EFI variable + + guid: The vendor GUID of the variable. This + should always match the GUID in the + variable's name. + + raw_var: A binary file that can be read to obtain + a structure that contains everything + there is to know about the variable. + For structure definition see "struct + efi_variable" in the kernel sources. + + This file can also be written to in + order to update the value of a variable. + For this to work however, all fields of + the "struct efi_variable" passed must + match byte for byte with the structure + read out of the file, save for the value + portion. + + **Note** the efi_variable structure + read/written with this file contains a + 'long' type that may change widths + depending on your underlying + architecture. + + size: As ASCII representation of the size of + the variable's value. + + + In addition, two other magic binary files are provided + in the top-level directory and are used for adding and + removing variables: + + new_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and + instructs the EFI firmware to create a + new variable. + + del_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and + instructs the EFI firmware to remove any + variable that has a matching vendor GUID + and variable key name. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module index 75be43118335..6272ae5fb366 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module @@ -4,9 +4,13 @@ Description: /sys/module/MODULENAME The name of the module that is in the kernel. This - module name will show up either if the module is built - directly into the kernel, or if it is loaded as a - dyanmic module. + module name will always show up if the module is loaded as a + dynamic module. If it is built directly into the kernel, it + will only show up if it has a version or at least one + parameter. + + Note: The conditions of creation in the built-in case are not + by design and may be removed in the future. /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters This directory contains individual files that are each diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b36fb0dc13c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/delete +Date: June 1, 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Instructs an SRP initiator to disconnect from a target and to + remove all LUNs imported from that target. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/port_id +Date: June 27, 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: 16-byte local SRP port identifier in hexadecimal format. An + example: 4c:49:4e:55:58:20:56:49:4f:00:00:00:00:00:00:00. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/roles +Date: June 27, 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: Role of the remote port. Either "SRP Initiator" or "SRP Target". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9723e8b7aeb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +What: A notification mechanism for thermal related events +Description: + This interface enables notification for thermal related events. + The notification is in the form of a netlink event. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7cdfc28cc2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +On some architectures, when the kernel loads any userspace program it +maps an ELF DSO into that program's address space. This DSO is called +the vDSO and it often contains useful and highly-optimized alternatives +to real syscalls. + +These functions are called just like ordinary C function according to +your platform's ABI. Call them from a sensible context. (For example, +if you set CS on x86 to something strange, the vDSO functions are +within their rights to crash.) In addition, if you pass a bad +pointer to a vDSO function, you might get SIGSEGV instead of -EFAULT. + +To find the DSO, parse the auxiliary vector passed to the program's +entry point. The AT_SYSINFO_EHDR entry will point to the vDSO. + +The vDSO uses symbol versioning; whenever you request a symbol from the +vDSO, specify the version you are expecting. + +Programs that dynamically link to glibc will use the vDSO automatically. +Otherwise, you can use the reference parser in Documentation/vDSO/parse_vdso.c. + +Unless otherwise noted, the set of symbols with any given version and the +ABI of those symbols is considered stable. It may vary across architectures, +though. + +(As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64. + The maintainers of the other vDSO-using architectures should confirm + that it is correct for their architecture.) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..875988146a63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /config/pcie-gadget +Date: Feb 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + + Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller + as device and then program its various registers to configure it + as a particular device type. + This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability. + + Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs + in /config directory use: + # mount -t configfs none /config/ + + For nth PCIe Device Controller + /config/pcie-gadget.n/ + link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status. + int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported + interrupt + no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and + to read no of MSI granted. + inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert. + send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent. + vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex) + device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex) + bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size + bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex. + bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where + bar0_data will be written or read. + bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..01e769d6984d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created + USB gadgets. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + The attributes of a gadget: + + UDC - bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget; + write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/* + to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind. + + bDeviceClass - USB device class code + bDeviceSubClass - USB device subclass code + bDeviceProtocol - USB device protocol code + bMaxPacketSize0 - maximum endpoint 0 packet size + bcdDevice - bcd device release number + bcdUSB - bcd USB specification version number + idProduct - product ID + idVendor - vendor ID + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains a USB gadget's configurations + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes of a configuration: + + bmAttributes - configuration characteristics + MaxPower - maximum power consumption from the bus + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this configuration. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + configuration - configuration description + + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains functions available to this USB gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + serialnumber - gadget's serial number (string) + product - gadget's product description + manufacturer - gadget's manufacturer description + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5708a568b5f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with acm function's instance "name". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6b9a582ce0b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dbddf36b48b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bc309f42357d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aaa5c96fb7c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with obex function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3e3b742cdfd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname. + It contains the network interface name assigned during + network device registration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..822e6dad8fc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..16f130c1501f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with gser function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..154ae597cd99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KenelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6546115a94da --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io} +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de> +Description: + +General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether +the global lock should get used. +Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to +the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe): +/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY + +The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here: +ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/ +should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers +or writing to them. + +CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know +what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea. +This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may +not get switched on again after you did a wrong write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7079c0b21030 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/cfg +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com> +Description: + +cfg shows the return value of _CFG method in VPC2004 device. It tells machine +capability and what graphic component within the machine. + + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/status +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com> +Description: + +status shows infos we can read and tells its meaning and value. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace deleted file mode 100644 index 5e6a92a02d85..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/ -Date: July 2008 -Contact: Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro> -Description: - -In kmemtrace-enabled kernels, the following files are created: - -/sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/ - cpu<n> (0400) Per-CPU tracing data, see below. (binary) - total_overruns (0400) Total number of bytes which were dropped from - cpu<n> files because of full buffer condition, - non-binary. (text) - abi_version (0400) Kernel's kmemtrace ABI version. (text) - -Each per-CPU file should be read according to the relay interface. That is, -the reader should set affinity to that specific CPU and, as currently done by -the userspace application (though there are other methods), use poll() with -an infinite timeout before every read(). Otherwise, erroneous data may be -read. The binary data has the following _core_ format: - - Event ID (1 byte) Unsigned integer, one of: - 0 - represents an allocation (KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC) - 1 - represents a freeing of previously allocated memory - (KMEMTRACE_EVENT_FREE) - Type ID (1 byte) Unsigned integer, one of: - 0 - this is a kmalloc() / kfree() - 1 - this is a kmem_cache_alloc() / kmem_cache_free() - 2 - this is a __get_free_pages() et al. - Event size (2 bytes) Unsigned integer representing the - size of this event. Used to extend - kmemtrace. Discard the bytes you - don't know about. - Sequence number (4 bytes) Signed integer used to reorder data - logged on SMP machines. Wraparound - must be taken into account, although - it is unlikely. - Caller address (8 bytes) Return address to the caller. - Pointer to mem (8 bytes) Pointer to target memory area. Can be - NULL, but not all such calls might be - recorded. - -In case of KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC events, the next fields follow: - - Requested bytes (8 bytes) Total number of requested bytes, - unsigned, must not be zero. - Allocated bytes (8 bytes) Total number of actually allocated - bytes, unsigned, must not be lower - than requested bytes. - Requested flags (4 bytes) GFP flags supplied by the caller. - Target CPU (4 bytes) Signed integer, valid for event id 1. - If equal to -1, target CPU is the same - as origin CPU, but the reverse might - not be true. - -The data is made available in the same endianness the machine has. - -Other event ids and type ids may be defined and added. Other fields may be -added by increasing event size, but see below for details. -Every modification to the ABI, including new id definitions, are followed -by bumping the ABI version by one. - -Adding new data to the packet (features) is done at the end of the mandatory -data: - Feature size (2 byte) - Feature ID (1 byte) - Feature data (Feature size - 3 bytes) - - -Users: - kmemtrace-user - git://repo.or.cz/kmemtrace-user.git - diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bd76cc6d55f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd +Date: Dec 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: devel@lists.laptop.org +Description: + +A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and +reading their responses. + +To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A +CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A +are optional (hex) arguments. + +To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing +a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from +the immediately previous command. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..685d5a448423 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/* +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + + These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in +arch/powerpc/crypto/nx. + +Error Detection +=============== + +errors: +- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The +only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP. + +last_error: +- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not +recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away). + +last_error_pid: +- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the +hcall. + +Device Use +========== + +aes_bytes: +- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's +supported modes. + +aes_ops: +- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha256_bytes: +- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256. + +sha256_ops: +- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha512_bytes: +- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512. + +sha512_ops: +- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bb820be48179 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: /dev/kmsg +Date: Mai 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org> +Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access + to the kernel's printk buffer. + + Injecting messages: + Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in + the kernel's printk buffer. + + The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which + carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal + prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog + priority and the higher bits the syslog facility number. + + If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel + log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It + is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the + facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of + the messages can always be reliably determined. + + Accessing the buffer: + Every read() from the opened device node receives one record + of the kernel's printk buffer. + + The first read() directly following an open() always returns + first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal + persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device + and read from it, without affecting other readers. + + Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more + records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is + used -EAGAIN returned. + + Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole, + there are never partial messages received by read(). + + In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while + the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE, + and the seek position be updated to the next available record. + Subsequent reads() will return available records again. + + Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record + sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost + messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow + to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position + if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader. + + The device supports seek with the following parameters: + SEEK_SET, 0 + seek to the first entry in the buffer + SEEK_END, 0 + seek after the last entry in the buffer + SEEK_DATA, 0 + seek after the last record available at the time + the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued. + + The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog + prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message + sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds, + and a flag field. All fields are separated by a ','. + + Future extensions might add more comma separated values before + the terminating ';'. Unknown fields and values should be + gracefully ignored. + + The human readable text string starts directly after the ';' + and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from + hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore + all non-printable characters and '\' itself in the log message + are escaped by "\x00" C-style hex encoding. + + A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding + key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine + readable context of the message, for reliable processing in + userspace. + + Example: + 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored) + SUBSYSTEM=acpi + DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00 + 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10 + 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181 + + The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way: + b12:8 - block dev_t + c127:3 - char dev_t + n8 - netdev ifindex + +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname + + The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a + fragment of a line. All following fragments are flagged with + '+'. Note, that these hints about continuation lines are not + necessarily correct, and the stream could be interleaved with + unrelated messages, but merging the lines in the output + usually produces better human readable results. A similar + logic is used internally when messages are printed to the + console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall. + +Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8374d4557e5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: security/evm +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com> +Description: + EVM protects a file's security extended attributes(xattrs) + against integrity attacks. The initial method maintains an + HMAC-sha1 value across the extended attributes, storing the + value as the extended attribute 'security.evm'. + + EVM depends on the Kernel Key Retention System to provide it + with a trusted/encrypted key for the HMAC-sha1 operation. + The key is loaded onto the root's keyring using keyctl. Until + EVM receives notification that the key has been successfully + loaded onto the keyring (echo 1 > <securityfs>/evm), EVM + can not create or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but + returns INTEGRITY_UNKNOWN. Loading the key and signaling EVM + should be done as early as possible. Normally this is done + in the initramfs, which has already been measured as part + of the trusted boot. For more information on creating and + loading existing trusted/encrypted keys, refer to: + Documentation/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt. (A sample dracut + patch, which loads the trusted/encrypted key and enables + EVM, is available from http://linux-ima.sourceforge.net/#EVM.) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy index 6434f0df012e..f1c5cc9d17a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -12,50 +12,72 @@ Description: then closing the file. The new policy takes effect after the file ima/policy is closed. + IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements + for local measurement appraisal. + rule format: action [condition ...] - action: measure | dont_measure - condition:= base | lsm - base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [uid=]] + action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit + condition:= base | lsm [option] + base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=] + [fowner]] lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=] [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]] + option: [[appraise_type=]] - base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][INODE_PERMISSION] + base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC] fsmagic:= hex value + fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6) uid:= decimal value + fowner:=decimal value lsm: are LSM specific + option: appraise_type:= [imasig] default policy: # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0 # SYSFS_MAGIC dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x62656572 # DEBUGFS_MAGIC dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x64626720 # TMPFS_MAGIC dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994 + # RAMFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x858458f6 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6 # SECURITYFS_MAGIC dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673 measure func=BPRM_CHECK measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC - measure func=INODE_PERM mask=MAY_READ uid=0 + measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0 + measure func=MODULE_CHECK uid=0 + appraise fowner=0 The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check, all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files - open for read by root in inode_permission. + open for read by root in do_filp_open. The default appraisal + policy appraises all files owned by root. Examples of LSM specific definitions: SELinux: # SELINUX_MAGIC - dont_measure fsmagic=0xF97CFF8C + dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t + dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t - measure subj_user=system_u func=INODE_PERM mask=MAY_READ - measure subj_role=system_r func=INODE_PERM mask=MAY_READ + dont_appraise obj_type=auditd_log_t + measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ Smack: - measure subj_user=_ func=INODE_PERM mask=MAY_READ + measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats index 99233902e09e..f91a973a37fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Description: 1 - major number 2 - minor mumber 3 - device name - 4 - reads completed succesfully + 4 - reads completed successfully 5 - reads merged 6 - sectors read 7 - time spent reading (ms) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5fca9f5e10a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Where: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...) +Date: March 2011 +Kernel Version: 2.6.39 +Contact: tony.luck@intel.com +Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage. + + Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data + across system reboots can register with this driver to + provide a generic interface to show records captured in + the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part + of the console log is captured, but other interesting + data can also be saved. + + # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore + + $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/ + total 0 + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1 + + Different users of this interface will result in different + filename prefixes. Currently two are defined: + + "dmesg" - saved console log + "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error + + Once the information in a file has been read, removing + the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage + device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use. + + $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1 + + The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/ + will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store + soon after boot to free up space ready for the next + catastrophe. + + The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of + data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly + multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying + persistent storage until at least this amount is reached. + Default is 10 Kbytes. + + Pstore only supports one backend at a time. If multiple + backends are available, the preferred backend may be + set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at + boot time. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a932155cbba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +What: /sys/class/ata_... +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou<gwendal@google.com> +Description: + +Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system. This allows +retrieving various information about ATA objects. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_port +------------------------------- + + For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of + the port. The device parent is the ata host device. + +idle_irq (read) + + Number of IRQ received by the port while idle [some ata HBA only]. + +nr_pmp_links (read) + + If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is connected, number of link behind it. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_link +------------------------------- + + Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the + topology, 15 ata_link objects are created. + + If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is + ata_port_id of the port. + If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is ata_port_id + of the parent port and Y the PM port. + +hw_sata_spd_limit + + Maximum speed supported by the connected SATA device. + +sata_spd_limit + + Maximum speed imposed by libata. + +sata_spd + + Current speed of the link [1.5, 3Gps,...]. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_device +--------------------------------- + + Behind each link, up to two ata device are created. + The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where: + - X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected, + - Y the port of the PM if any, and + - Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1], + only 1 for SATA. + +class + Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device, + "pmp" for PM, or "none" if no device was found behind the link. + +dma_mode + + Transfer modes supported by the device when in DMA mode. + Mostly used by PATA device. + +pio_mode + + Transfer modes supported by the device when in PIO mode. + Mostly used by PATA device. + +xfer_mode + + Current transfer mode. + +id + + Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17. + Only valid if the device is not a PM. + +gscr + + Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR register. + Valid registers are: + 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID, + 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV, + 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO, + 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR, + 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN, + 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT, + 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN, + 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO + Only valid if the device is a PM. + +spdn_cnt + + Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors. + +ering + + Formatted output of the error ring of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block index 5f3bedaf8e35..279da08f7541 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> Description: The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields: - 1 - reads completed succesfully + 1 - reads completed successfully 2 - reads merged 3 - sectors read 4 - time spent reading (ms) @@ -128,3 +128,95 @@ Description: preferred request size for workloads where sustained throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is reported this file contains 0. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges +Date: January 2010 +Contact: +Description: + Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to + merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these + attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles + being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off + this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex + merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges + with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2, + all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 - + which enables all types of merge tries. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + device is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space using units that are bigger + than the logical block size. The discard_granularity + parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation + unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the + discard_granularity will be set to match the device's + physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means + that the device does not support discard functionality. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may have + internal limits on the number of bytes that can be + trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage + protocols also have inherent limits on the number of + blocks that can be described in a single command. The + discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver + to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in + a single operation. Discard requests issued to the + device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes + value of 0 means that the device does not support + discard functionality. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may return + stale or random data when a previously discarded block + is read back. This can cause problems if the filesystem + expects discarded blocks to be explicitly cleared. If a + device reports that it deterministically returns zeroes + when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data + parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and + the result of reading a discarded area is undefined. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Some devices support a write same operation in which a + single data block can be written to a range of several + contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe + areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID + configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many + bytes can be written in a single write same command. If + write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported + by the device. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9e4bbc5d51fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/unregister +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + A write to this file causes the backing device or cache to be + unregistered. If a backing device had dirty data in the cache, + writeback mode is automatically disabled and all dirty data is + flushed before the device is unregistered. Caches unregister + all associated backing devices before unregistering themselves. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/clear_stats +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Writing to this file resets all the statistics for the device. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a backing device that has cache, a symlink to + the bcache/ dir of that cache. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hits +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of full cache hits, + counted per bio. A partial cache hit counts as a miss. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_misses +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of cache misses. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hit_ratio +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: cache hits as a percentage. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/sequential_cutoff +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: Threshold past which sequential IO will + skip the cache. Read and written as bytes in human readable + units (i.e. echo 10M > sequntial_cutoff). + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bypassed +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Sum of all reads and writes that have bypassed the cache (due + to the sequential cutoff). Expressed as bytes in human + readable units. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: When on, writeback caching is enabled and + writes will be buffered in the cache. When off, caching is in + writethrough mode; reads and writes will be added to the + cache but no write buffering will take place. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_running +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: when off, dirty data will not be written + from the cache to the backing device. The cache will still be + used to buffer writes until it is mostly full, at which point + writes transparently revert to writethrough mode. Intended only + for benchmarking/testing. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_delay +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: In writeback mode, when dirty data is + written to the cache and the cache held no dirty data for that + backing device, writeback from cache to backing device starts + after this delay, expressed as an integer number of seconds. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_percent +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: If nonzero, writeback from cache to + backing device only takes place when more than this percentage + of the cache is used, allowing more write coalescing to take + place and reducing total number of writes sent to the backing + device. Integer between 0 and 40. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/synchronous +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, a boolean that allows synchronous mode to be + switched on and off. In synchronous mode all writes are ordered + such that the cache can reliably recover from unclean shutdown; + if disabled bcache will not generally wait for writes to + complete but if the cache is not shut down cleanly all data + will be discarded from the cache. Should not be turned off with + writeback caching enabled. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/discard +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, a boolean allowing discard/TRIM to be turned off + or back on if the device supports it. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bucket_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, bucket size in human readable units, as set at + cache creation time; should match the erase block size of the + SSD for optimal performance. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/nbuckets +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, the number of usable buckets. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/tree_depth +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, height of the btree excluding leaf nodes (i.e. a + one node tree will have a depth of 0). + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_cache_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Number of btree buckets/nodes that are currently cached in + memory; cache dynamically grows and shrinks in response to + memory pressure from the rest of the system. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, total amount of data in human readable units + written to the cache, excluding all metadata. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, sum of all btree writes in human readable units. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..87ca5691e29b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/name +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device name. + Read-only string containing mapped device name. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/uuid +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device UUID. + Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string + if DM-UUID is not set. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/suspended +Date: June 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device suspend state. + Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..beef30c046b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /sys/block/rssd*/status +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com> +Description: This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3f0b9ae61d8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/disksize +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size + which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data + that can be stored in this disk. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/initstate +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The initstate file is read-only and shows the initialization + state of the device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/reset +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The reset file is write-only and allows resetting the + device. The reset operation frees all the memory associated + with this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + reads (failed or successful) done on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + writes (failed or successful) done on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of + non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The notify_free file is read-only and specifies the number of + swap slot free notifications received by this device. These + notifications are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot + is freed. This statistic is applicable only when this disk is + being used as a swap disk. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/discard +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The discard file is read-only and specifies the number of + discard requests received by this device. These requests + provide information to block device regarding blocks which are + no longer used by filesystem. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero + filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for + such pages. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed + size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled + pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed + size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be + calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount + of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata + overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space + efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this + statistic. + Unit: bytes diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7fa9cbc75344 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../path +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace + object associated with the device object. For example, + \_SB_.PCI0. + This file is not present for device objects representing + fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep + buttons). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../modalias +Date: July 2007 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute indicates the PNP IDs of the device object. + That is acpi:HHHHHHHH:[CCCCCCC:]. Where each HHHHHHHH or + CCCCCCCC contains device object's PNPID (_HID or _CID). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hid +Date: April 2005 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute indicates the hardware ID (_HID) of the + device object. For example, PNP0103. + This file is present for device objects having the _HID + control method. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../description +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _STR control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../adr +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _ADR control method, which is present for ACPI device + objects representing devices having standard enumeration + algorithms, such as PCI. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../uid +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _UID control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../eject +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of + this device object. This file exists for every device + object that has _EJ0 method. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..721b4aea3020 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See + include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by + id field. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending + on their revision. Use it for detailed programming. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it + belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css index b585ec258a08..2979c40c10e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> linux-s390@vger.kernel.org Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O - layer (this implies that this attribute is not neccessarily + layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem). Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. Users: s390-tools, HAL diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3c1cc24361bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/ + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles + +Date: 2013/01/08 + +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + +Description: Generic performance monitoring events + + A collection of performance monitoring events that may be + supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored + using the 'perf(1)' tool. + + The contents of each file would look like: + + event=0xNNNN + + where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the + "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's + "basename". + + +What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_1PLUS_PPC_CMPL + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BRU_FIN + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BR_MPRED + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_BRU + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_DCACHE_MISS + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_DFU + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_DIV + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_ERAT_MISS + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_FXU + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_IFU + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_LSU + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_REJECT + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_SCALAR + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_SCALAR_LONG + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_STORE + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_THRD + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_VECTOR + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_VECTOR_LONG + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CYC + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_BR_MPRED + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_BR_MPRED_IC_MISS + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_CYC + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_IC_MISS + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GRP_CMPL + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_INST_CMPL + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_MISS_L1 + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_REF_L1 + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_RUN_CYC + /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_RUN_INST_CMPL + +Date: 2013/01/08 + +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + Linux Powerpc mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> + +Description: POWER-systems specific performance monitoring events + + A collection of performance monitoring events that may be + supported by the POWER CPU. These events can be monitored + using the 'perf(1)' tool. + + These events may not be supported by other CPUs. + + The contents of each file would look like: + + event=0xNNNN + + where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the + "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's + "basename". + + Further, multiple terms like 'event=0xNNNN' can be specified + and separated with comma. All available terms are defined in + the /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..77f47ff5ee02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format +Date: January 2012 +Kernel Version: 3.3 +Contact: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com> +Description: + Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into + perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu. + Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask + we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane + name/value pairs. + + Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes + define overlapping bit ranges. For example: + attr1 = 'config:0-23' + attr2 = 'config:0-7' + attr3 = 'config:12-35' + + Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44' + Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of + perf_event_attr::config1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..21640eaad371 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/ +Date: August 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces. +Attributes: + + ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an + <ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a + fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any + per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's + 'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login + process. + + ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a + fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the + fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected + FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated + for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated + with it, this includes the scsi_host. + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus. + The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process. + 1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE + Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin + discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by + writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file. + +Attributes: + + fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout peroid (see below). Changing + this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all + FCFs discovered by this controller. + + mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible + modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller + is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is + initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted. + If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then + FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE + Controller only supports one mode at a time. + + enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled. + 0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1 + to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller. + + lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count. + + lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link + failure count. + + lesb/miss_fka: Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE + Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA). + + lesb/symb_err: Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count. + + lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count. + + lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel + Serivces error count. + +Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0) + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel + Forwarder, which is a FCoE switch that can accept FCoE + (Ethernet) packets, unpack them, and forward the embedded + Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take + outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to + be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment. +Attributes: + + fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services. + + switch_name: Identifies the FCF. + + priority: The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same + fabric. + + selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use; + 0 indicates that the swich will not be used. + + fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP + + vfid: The Virtual Fabric ID + + mac: The FCF's MAC address + + fka_peroid: The FIP Keep-Alive peroid + + fabric_state: The internal kernel state + "Unknown" - Initialization value + "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric + "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF + "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system + + dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout peroid for this FCF. + +Notes: A device loss infrastructre similar to the FC Transport's + is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a + link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count + used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a + "Disconnected" state until either the timer expires and the + FCF becomes "Deleted" or the FCF is rediscovered and becomes + "Connected." + + +Users: The first user of this interface will be the fcoeadm application, + which is commonly packaged in the fcoe-utils package. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1b1b282a99e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hsi +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a + serial interface mainly used for connecting application + engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular + handsets. + The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing + the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement + those protocols. + +What: /sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: hsi:<hsi_client device name> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9de269bb0ae5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../device +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> +Description: + show what device is attached + NONE - no device + USB - USB device is attached + UART - UART is attached + CHARGER - Charger is attaced + JIG - JIG is attached + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> +Description: + show or set the state of manual switch + VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path + UART - switch to UART path + AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path + DHOST - switch to DHOST path + AUTO - switch automatically by device diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..feb2e4a87075 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating + point value in degrees. + +Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into + sleep mode, 1 wakes it up. + +Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the + chip data sheet. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1b62230b33b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current + sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1). + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink + LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..39c8de0e53d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -0,0 +1,813 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port. + Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO + index of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer. + May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device + based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or + provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g. + periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer). + Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not + generalize well and hence are not documented in this file. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the physical chip / device for device X. + Typically a part number. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some devices have internal clocks. This parameter sets the + resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this + parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than + simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this + effects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs + direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the + relevant directories. If it effects all of the above + then it is to be found in the base device directory. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When the internal sampling clock can only take a small + discrete set of values, this file lists those available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio + of the digital filter if available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) voltage measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are microvolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are microvolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-in_capacitanceZ_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement. + If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature + sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g. + a gyroscope axis). Units after application of scale and offset + are milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned + but should match other such assignments on device). + Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units + after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Has all the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. + Units after application of scale and offset are radians per + second. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be + arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset + and scale to degrees. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Data converted by application of offset + then scale to Gauss. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Highest value since some reset condition. These + attributes allow access to this and are otherwise + the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of + the underlying value in the specified directions. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are kilopascal. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, offset to be added to <type>[Y]_raw prior + to scaling by <type>[Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the + <type> units as specified in <type>[Y]_raw documentation. + Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or + axis <x|y|z> is not present, then the offset applies to all + in channels of <type>. + May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the + device. Note that this is different to calibbias which + is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate + for variation between different instances of the part, typically + adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure. + Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace + to the _raw output. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, scale to be applied to <type>Y[_name]_raw + post addition of <type>[Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the + measured value in <type> units as specified in + <type>[Y][_name]_raw documentation. If shared across all in + channels then Y and <x|y|z> are not present and the value is + called <type>[Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this + value is applied to <type>Y[_name]_peak_raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production + inaccuracies). + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale +what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale +what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration scale factor (assumed to fix + production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels, + <type>_calibscale is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a discrete set of scale values is available, they + are listed in this attribute. + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels, + <type>_hardwaregain is used. + +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for + channel Y. The number must always be specified and + unique if the output corresponds to a single channel. + While DAC like devices typically use out_voltage, + a continuous frequency generating device, such as + a DDS or PLL should use out_altvoltage. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY&Z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of + channel Y, channel Z, etc. This interface is available in cases + where a single output sets the value for multiple channels + simultaneously. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the output powerdown mode. + DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and + 1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor, + 6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor, + 20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor, + 100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor, + 500kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500kOhm resistor, + three_state: left floating. + For a list of available output power down options read + outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the + mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_votlageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvotlageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available output power down modes. + If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified + by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. DAC output stage is + disconnected from the amplifier. Clearing returns to normal + operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are controlled + together. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Phase in radians of one frequency/clock output Y + (out_altvoltageY) relative to another frequency/clock output + (out_altvoltageZ) of the device X. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up + to user-space. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified + (_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified, + then either the device will report an event which ever direction + a single threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds + or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary + depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled at a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of + change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling) + direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the + device will report an event which ever direction a single + threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both rate of + change thresholds or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may + vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, + but direction is not specified for this attribute, + then a single threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period +hat: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be + met before an event is generated. If direction is not + specified then this period applies to both directions. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the + magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its + signed value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If + number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of + this type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given + in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of scans contained by the buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/bytes_per_datum +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Bytes per scan. Due to alignment fun, the scan may be larger + than implied directly by the scan_element parameters. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger + if first device and appropriate. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/scan_elements +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be + captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scan element control for triggered data capture. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer + and hence the form in which it is read from user-space. + Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift]. + be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if + signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits + of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it + occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that + needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some + devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements + with additional information on both sides. Note that some + devices will have additional information in the unused bits + so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask + the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits value + also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a + signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to + a 64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2 + and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result. + For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended + appropriately. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values, + this attribute lists them. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the position of this + scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on + what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space + to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction + with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present, + and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage + format. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error + present in the device at a given time. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_accelX_power_mode +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the chip power mode. + low_noise: reduce noise level from ADC, + low_power: enable low current consumption. + For a list of available output power modes read + in_accel_power_mode_available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' stores the current device configuration into + on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will + automatically load the saved configuration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a91aeabe7b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_feedback_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_reference_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_a_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_b_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_test_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/vcxo_clk_present +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. + '1' means that the clock in question is present. + '0' means that the clock is missing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the + pllY is locked. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sync_dividers +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' triggers the clock distribution synchronization + functionality. All dividers are reset and the channels start + with their predefined phase offsets (out_altvoltageY_phase). + Writing this file has the effect as driving the external + /SYNC pin low. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1254457a726e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_resolution +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Stores channel Y frequency resolution/channel spacing in Hz. + The value given directly influences the MODULUS used by + the fractional-N PLL. It is assumed that the algorithm + that is used to compute the various dividers, is able to + generate proper values for multiples of channel spacing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_refin_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets channel Y REFin frequency in Hz. In some clock chained + applications, the reference frequency used by the PLL may + change during runtime. This attribute allows the user to + adjust the reference frequency accordingly. + The value written has no effect until out_altvoltageY_frequency + is updated. Consider to use out_altvoltageY_powerdown to power + down the PLL and its RFOut buffers during REFin changes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..22c5ea670971 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Event generated when channel passes one of the four thresholds + in each direction (rising|falling) and a zone change occurs. + The corresponding light zone can be read from + in_illuminance0_zone. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_threshY_hysteresis +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the hysteresis for thresholds Y, that is, + threshY_hysteresis = threshY_raising - threshY_falling + +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_raising_value +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en (0..255), where Y in 0..3. + + Note that threshY_falling must be less than or equal to + threshY_raising. + + These thresholds correspond to the eight zone-boundary + registers (boundaryY_{low,high}) and define the five light + zones. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_zone +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the + in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get output current for channel Y (0..255), that is, + out_currentY_currentZ_raw, where Z is the current zone. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the output current for channel out_currentY when in zone + Z (0..255), where Y in 0..2 and Z in 0..4. + + These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for + ALS-mapper Y + 1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cb53737aacbf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix + is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like + [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be + easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their + positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix + [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly + aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6349749ebc29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_id +Date: November 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported + by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal. + This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate + driver. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7057e574154a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/bus/media/devices/.../model +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> + linux-media@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is + is not be appended to the model name. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2066f0bbd453 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../modalias +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> + linux-mei@linux.intel.com +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: mei:<mei device name> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci index 25be3250f7d6..5210a51c90fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci @@ -64,7 +64,24 @@ Description: Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and re-discover previously removed devices. - Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/ +Date: September, 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set + of sub-directories, with each sub-directory being named after a + corresponding msi irq vector allocated to that device. Each + numbered sub-directory N contains attributes of that irq. + Note that this directory is not created for device drivers which + do not support msi irqs + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N>/mode +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> +Description: + This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by + the parent directory is in (msi vs. msix) What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove Date: January 2009 @@ -72,7 +89,15 @@ Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> Description: Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children. - Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of the bus and all child buses, + and re-discover devices removed earlier from this + part of the device tree. What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan Date: January 2009 @@ -82,7 +107,6 @@ Description: force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier from this part of the device tree. - Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG. What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset Date: July 2009 @@ -139,3 +163,93 @@ Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org Description: This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver module that manages the hotplug slot. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of + the PCI device. The attribute will be created only + if the firmware has given a name to the PCI device. + ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the + system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned name of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the + PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware + has given an instance number to the PCI device. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device. + The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given + an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number + will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS + type 41 device type instance also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned instance number of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../d3cold_allowed +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com> +Description: + d3cold_allowed is bit to control whether the corresponding PCI + device can be put into D3Cold state. If it is cleared, the + device will never be put into D3Cold state. If it is set, the + device may be put into D3Cold state if other requirements are + satisfied too. Reading this attribute will show the current + value of d3cold_allowed bit. Writing this attribute will set + the value of d3cold_allowed bit. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com> +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read this file to determine the + maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical + function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported + in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs + element. Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the + value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs() + function. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com> +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read and write to this file to + determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual + Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this + file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF. + A number written to this file will enable the specified + number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the + file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number + of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written + should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs + file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would + write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values + are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not + valid. For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs + is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10 + when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss index 4f29e5f1ebfa..53d99edd1d75 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss @@ -59,3 +59,22 @@ Kernel Version: 2.6.31 Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/resettable +Date: February 2011 +Kernel Version: 2.6.38 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices + kernel parameter. Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be + honored. This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able + to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as + a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order + to work reliably. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/transport_mode +Date: July 2011 +Kernel Version: 3.0 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of "simple" indicates that the controller has been placed + in "simple mode". Value of "performant" indicates that the + controller has been placed in "performant mode". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..60c60fa624b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ehci_hcd/.../companion + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbN/../companion +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + PCI-based EHCI USB controllers (i.e., high-speed USB-2.0 + controllers) are often implemented along with a set of + "companion" full/low-speed USB-1.1 controllers. When a + high-speed device is plugged in, the connection is routed + to the EHCI controller; when a full- or low-speed device + is plugged in, the connection is routed to the companion + controller. + + Sometimes you want to force a high-speed device to connect + at full speed, which can be accomplished by forcing the + connection to be routed to the companion controller. + That's what this file does. Writing a port number to the + file causes connections on that port to be routed to the + companion controller, and writing the negative of a port + number returns the port to normal operation. + + For example: To force the high-speed device attached to + port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed: + + echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + To return the port to high-speed operation: + + echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + Reading the file gives the list of ports currently forced + to the companion controller. + + Note: Some EHCI controllers do not have companions; they + may contain an internal "transaction translator" or they + may be attached directly to a "rate-matching hub". This + mechanism will not work with such controllers. Also, it + cannot be used to force a port on a high-speed hub to + connect at full speed. + + Note: When this file was first added, it appeared in a + different sysfs directory. The location given above is + correct for 2.6.35 (and probably several earlier kernel + versions as well). + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a306476424e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rbd/ +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@newdream.net>, + Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + +Being used for adding and removing rbd block devices. + +Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [snap name] + + $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add + +The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image read/write. A <dev-id> +will be assigned for any registered block device. If snapshot is used, it will +be mapped read-only. + +Removal of a device: + + $ echo <dev-id> > /sys/bus/rbd/remove + +Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/ +-------------------------------------------- + +client_id + + The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session. + +features + + A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image. + +major + + The block device major number. + +name + + The name of the rbd image. + +image_id + + The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd image format 1 + this is empty.) + +pool + + The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides. + An rbd image name is unique within its pool. + +pool_id + + The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is + a permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never + change. + +size + + The size (in bytes) of the mapped block device. + +refresh + + Writing to this file will reread the image header data and set + all relevant datastructures accordingly. + +current_snap + + The current snapshot for which the device is mapped. + +parent + + Information identifying the pool, image, and snapshot id for + the parent image in a layered rbd image (format 2 only). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..189e419a5a2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name, + which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in + rpmsg.h). + + This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel. + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver). + + This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this + channel). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity. + + This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that + is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the + remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server, + and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent + from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single + remote entity). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see + /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local + ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg + address. + + A channel is first created when an entity, whether local + or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus + called an rpmsg server). + + When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent + to the other processor, in order to let it know about the + creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they + can start sending messages). + + This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local + server channel that is announced (values are either + true or false). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb index 7772928ee48f..1430f584b266 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -1,107 +1,3 @@ -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend -Date: March 2007 -KernelVersion: 2.6.21 -Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> -Description: - Each USB device directory will contain a file named - power/autosuspend. This file holds the time (in seconds) - the device must be idle before it will be autosuspended. - 0 means the device will be autosuspended as soon as - possible. Negative values will prevent the device from - being autosuspended at all, and writing a negative value - will resume the device if it is already suspended. - - The autosuspend delay for newly-created devices is set to - the value of the usbcore.autosuspend module parameter. - -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/level -Date: March 2007 -KernelVersion: 2.6.21 -Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> -Description: - Each USB device directory will contain a file named - power/level. This file holds a power-level setting for - the device, one of "on", "auto", or "suspend". - - "on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend, - although normal suspends for system sleep will still - be honored. "auto" means the device will autosuspend - and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the - capabilities of its driver. "suspend" means the device - is forced into a suspended state and it will not autoresume - in response to I/O requests. However remote-wakeup requests - from the device may still be enabled (the remote-wakeup - setting is controlled separately by the power/wakeup - attribute). - - During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto" - level. The other levels are meant for administrative uses. - If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it - free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should - write "0" to power/autosuspend. - -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist -Date: May 2007 -KernelVersion: 2.6.23 -Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> -Description: - If CONFIG_USB_PERSIST is set, then each USB device directory - will contain a file named power/persist. The file holds a - boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the - "USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device. Since the - facility is inherently dangerous, it is disabled by default - for all devices except hubs. For more information, see - Documentation/usb/persist.txt. - -What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration -Date: January 2008 -KernelVersion: 2.6.25 -Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com> -Description: - If CONFIG_PM and CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND are enabled, then this file - is present. When read, it returns the total time (in msec) - that the USB device has been connected to the machine. This - file is read-only. -Users: - PowerTOP <power@bughost.org> - http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/powertop/ - -What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration -Date: January 2008 -KernelVersion: 2.6.25 -Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com> -Description: - If CONFIG_PM and CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND are enabled, then this file - is present. When read, it returns the total time (in msec) - that the USB device has been active, i.e. not in a suspended - state. This file is read-only. - - Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to - compute the percentage of time that a device has been active. - For example, - echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`)) - will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not - account for counter wrap. -Users: - PowerTOP <power@bughost.org> - http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/powertop/ - -What: /sys/bus/usb/device/<busnum>-<devnum>...:<config num>-<interface num>/supports_autosuspend -Date: January 2008 -KernelVersion: 2.6.27 -Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com> -Description: - When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver - for this interface supports autosuspend. It also - returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an - unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being - autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle. - The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been - added to the driver. -Users: - USB PM tool - git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/ - What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.26 @@ -144,3 +40,137 @@ Description: Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect (equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device). + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to + dynamically add a new device ID to a USB device driver. + This may allow the driver to support more hardware than + was included in the driver's static device ID support + table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass. + The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the + interface class is optional. + Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example: + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + + Reading from this file will list all dynamically added + device IDs in the same format, with one entry per + line. For example: + # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + 8086 10f5 + dead beef 06 + f00d cafe + + The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to + sysfs restrictions. + +What: /sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + For serial USB drivers, this attribute appears under the + extra bus folder "usb-serial" in sysfs; apart from that + difference, all descriptions from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" apply. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id +Date: November 2009 +Contact: CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg> +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID + that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry. + The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct. After successfully + removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the + device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't + match the driver to the device. For example: + # echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id + + Reading from this file will list the dynamically added + device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_hardware_lpm +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is set and a USB 2.0 lpm-capable device + is plugged in to a xHCI host which support link PM, it will + perform a LPM test; if the test is passed and host supports + USB2 hardware LPM (xHCI 1.0 feature), USB2 hardware LPM will + be enabled for the device and the USB device directory will + contain a file named power/usb2_hardware_lpm. The file holds + a string value (enable or disable) indicating whether or not + USB2 hardware LPM is enabled for the device. Developer can + write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to the file to enable/disable the + feature. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + Some information about whether a given USB device is + physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a + combination of hub descriptor bits and platform-specific data + such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or + "fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown" + otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 3.0 devices may optionally support Latency Tolerance + Messaging (LTM). They indicate their support by setting a bit + in the bmAttributes field of their SuperSpeed BOS descriptors. + If that bit is set for the device, ltm_capable will read "yes". + If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no". + The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will + always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX + is usb port device's sysfs directory. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> +Description: + Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI. + This attribute is to expose these information to user space. + The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the + information is available, and "unknown" otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_l1_timeout +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 2.0 devices may support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state. The usb2_lpm_l1_timeout attribute allows + tuning the timeout for L1 inactivity timer (LPM timer), e.g. + needed inactivity time before host requests the device to go to L1 sleep. + Useful for power management tuning. + Supported values are 0 - 65535 microseconds. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_besl +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 2.0 devices that support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state now use a best effort service latency value (BESL) to + indicate the best effort to resumption of service to the device after the + initiation of the resume event. + If the device does not have a preferred besl value then the host can select + one instead. This usb2_lpm_besl attribute allows to tune the host selected besl + value in order to tune power saving and service latency. + + Supported values are 0 - 15. + More information on how besl values map to microseconds can be found in + USB 2.0 ECN Errata for Link Power Management, section 4.10) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg index cb830df8777c..70d00dfa443d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ Description: Controls the decimal places on the device. the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set, to set the mth place (where m is not already set), - change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
\ No newline at end of file + change this fields value to k + 10 ** m. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df0f7828c5e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency +Date: March 2012 +contact: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency only exists + when the user sets cfq to /sys/block/<device>/scheduler. + It contains an estimated latency time for the cfq. cfq will + use it to calculate the time slice used for every task. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class index 4b0cb891e46e..676530fcf747 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /sys/class/ Date: Febuary 2006 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of subdirectories describing individual classes of devices diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..33e648808117 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_max +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the maximum brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127. This file + will also show the brightness level stored for this + <ambient light zone>. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_dim +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the dim brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127, typically + set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled. + This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for + this <ambient light zone>. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Get conversion value of the light sensor. + This value is updated every 80 ms (when the light sensor + is enabled). Returns integer between 0 (dark) and + 8000 (max ambient brightness) + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Get/Set current ambient light zone. Reading returns + integer between 1..5 (1 = daylight, 2 = bright, ..., 5 = dark). + Writing a value between 1..5 forces the backlight controller + to enter the corresponding ambient light zone. + Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level + operation. The ambient light sensing feature on these devices + is an extension to the API documented in + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight. + It can be enabled by writing the value stored in + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..77cf7ac949af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the ALS output channel used as input in + ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - out_current0 (backlight 0) + 1 - out_current1 (backlight 1) + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this backlight (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - exponential mode + 1 - linear mode + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where + + bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 - PWM-input enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi index 5f500977b42f..d773d5697cf5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi @@ -48,3 +48,8 @@ max_ratio (read-write) most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot be trusted to play fair. + +stable_pages_required (read-only) + + If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write + request must not be changed until writeout is complete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ee39acacf6f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../ +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq objects. + This allows accessing various devfreq specific variables. + The name of devfreq object denoted as ... is same as the + name of device using devfreq. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor show or set the name of the + governor used by the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq shows the current + frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. Same as + target_freq when get_cur_freq() is not implemented by + devfreq driver. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rajagopal Venkat <rajagopal.venkat@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor + predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets + the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq + object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is + less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means + no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is + not polling; thus. If the governor is not using + devfreq-provided central polling + (/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling is 0), this value + may be useless. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat +Date: October 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Descrtiption: + This ABI shows the statistics of devfreq behavior on a + specific device. It shows the time spent in each state and + the number of transitions between states. + In order to activate this ABI, the devfreq target device + driver should provide the list of available frequencies + with its profile. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and + sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if + userspace governor is in effect. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies shows + the available frequencies of the corresponding devfreq object. + This is a snapshot of available frequencies and not limited + by the min/max frequency restrictions. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors shows + currently available governors in the system. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq shows and stores + the minimum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. min_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq shows and stores + the maximum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. max_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors and min_freq. + The max_freq overrides min_freq because max_freq may be + used to throttle devices to avoid overheating. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..57a726232912 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../ +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the extcon objects. + This allows accessing extcon specific variables. + The name of extcon object denoted as ... is the name given + with extcon_dev_register. + + One extcon device denotes a single external connector + port. An external connector may have multiple cables + attached simultaneously. Many of docks, cradles, and + accessory cables have such capability. For example, + the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos) + may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio, + video, and USB cables attached simultaneously. + + If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other, + such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's + mutually_exclusive array. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../name shows the name of the extcon + object. If the extcon object has an optional callback + "show_name" defined, the callback will provide the name with + this sysfs node. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable + attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object. + If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state" + defined, the showing function is overridden with the optional + callback. + + If the default callback for showing function is used, the + format is like this: + # cat state + USB_OTG=1 + HDMI=0 + TA=1 + EAR_JACK=0 + # + In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA + cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached. + + In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex + state number starting with 0x: + # echo 0xHEX > state + + This updates the whole state of the extcon device. + Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the + mutually_exclusive conditions if they exist. + + It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if + you need to set the value atomically. The later state + interface associated with each cable cannot update + multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows the name of cable + "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state shows and stores the + state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon + device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1 + (attached). + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../mutually_exclusive/... +Date: December 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example, + if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is + {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is: + # ls mutually_exclusive/ + 0x3 + 0x5 + 0xc + # + + Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon + device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive + directory show the mutually-exclusive sets, not the contents + of the files. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led index 9e4541d71cb6..3646ec85d513 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led @@ -26,3 +26,12 @@ Description: scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in /sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to + gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger, + it is useful when driving a LED which is intended to indicate + a device in a standby like state. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..620ebb3b9baa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the ALS output channel to use as input in + ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where + + 1 - out_current1 + 2 - out_current2 + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/falltime +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/risetime +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where + + 0 - 2048 us + 1 - 262 ms + 2 - 524 ms + 3 - 1.049 s + 4 - 2.097 s + 5 - 4.194 s + 6 - 8.389 s + 7 - 16.78 s + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this led (0..3). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - exponential mode + 1 - linear mode + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where + + bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 - PWM-input enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd index 4d55a1888981..bfd119ace6ad 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd @@ -14,8 +14,7 @@ Description: The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond to each /dev/mtdX character device. These may represent physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash - device, or concatenated flash devices. They exist regardless - of whether CONFIG_MTD_CHAR is actually enabled. + device, or concatenated flash devices. What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/ Date: April 2009 @@ -23,8 +22,7 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.29 Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org Description: These directories provide the corresponding read-only device - nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ . They are only created - (for the benefit of udev) if CONFIG_MTD_CHAR is enabled. + nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ . What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev Date: April 2009 @@ -123,3 +121,66 @@ Description: half page, or a quarter page). In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_strength +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Maximum number of bit errors that the device is capable of + correcting within each region covering an ECC step (see + ecc_step_size). This will always be a non-negative integer. + + In the case of devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bitflip_threshold +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + This allows the user to examine and adjust the criteria by which + mtd returns -EUCLEAN from mtd_read() and mtd_read_oob(). If the + maximum number of bit errors that were corrected on any single + region comprising an ecc step (as reported by the driver) equals + or exceeds this value, -EUCLEAN is returned. Otherwise, absent + an error, 0 is returned. Higher layers (e.g., UBI) use this + return code as an indication that an erase block may be + degrading and should be scrutinized as a candidate for being + marked as bad. + + The initial value may be specified by the flash device driver. + If not, then the default value is ecc_strength. + + The introduction of this feature brings a subtle change to the + meaning of the -EUCLEAN return code. Previously, it was + interpreted to mean simply "one or more bit errors were + corrected". Its new interpretation can be phrased as "a + dangerously high number of bit errors were corrected on one or + more regions comprising an ecc step". The precise definition of + "dangerously high" can be adjusted by the user with + bitflip_threshold. Users are discouraged from doing this, + however, unless they know what they are doing and have intimate + knowledge of the properties of their device. Broadly speaking, + bitflip_threshold should be low enough to detect genuine erase + block degradation, but high enough to avoid the consequences of + a persistent return value of -EUCLEAN on devices where sticky + bitflips occur. Note that if bitflip_threshold exceeds + ecc_strength, -EUCLEAN is never returned by the read operations. + Conversely, if bitflip_threshold is zero, -EUCLEAN is always + returned, absent a hard error. + + This is generally applicable only to NAND flash devices with ECC + capability. It is ignored on devices lacking ECC capability; + i.e., devices for which ecc_strength is zero. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_step_size +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The size of a single region covered by ECC, known as the ECC + step. Devices may have several equally sized ECC steps within + each writesize region. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bdc00707c751 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + The /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface file + displays the batman mesh interface this <iface> + currently is associated with. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f418c92ca555 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable0 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 0. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable0 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable0. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable1 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 1. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 1" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable1 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable1. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/select +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Configuration of which physical interface to be used. Possible + values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP core + library documentation for details. The default value is 0 or is + set by the module parameter grcan.select and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/select. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bdcd8b4e38f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/aggregated_ogms +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the + mesh <mesh_iface> shall be aggregated or not. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/ap_isolation +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> +Description: + Indicates whether the data traffic going from a + wireless client to another wireless client will be + silently dropped. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bonding +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> +Description: + Indicates whether the data traffic going through the + mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the + same time (if available). + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bridge_loop_avoidance +Date: November 2011 +Contact: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> +Description: + Indicates whether the bridge loop avoidance feature + is enabled. This feature detects and avoids loops + between the mesh and devices bridged with the soft + interface <mesh_iface>. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/fragmentation +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Andreas Langer <an.langer@gmx.de> +Description: + Indicates whether the data traffic going through the + mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the + packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_bandwidth +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Defines the bandwidth which is propagated by this + node if gw_mode was set to 'server'. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_mode +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Defines the state of the gateway features. Can be + either 'off', 'client' or 'server'. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_sel_class +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Defines the selection criteria this node will use + to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty +Date: Oct 2010 +Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de> +Description: + Defines the penalty which will be applied to an + originator message's tq-field on every hop. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding +Date: Nov 2012 +Contact: Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net> +Description: + Controls whether Network Coding (using some magic + to send fewer wifi packets but still the same + content) is enabled or not. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/orig_interval +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman + sends its protocol messages. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo +Date: Dec 2011 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance + uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/vis_mode +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Each batman node only maintains information about its + own local neighborhood, therefore generating graphs + showing the topology of the entire mesh is not easily + feasible without having a central instance to collect + the local topologies from all nodes. This file allows + to activate the collecting (server) mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..78c7baca3587 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de> +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the current + coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This + is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries. + A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic + and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take + appropriate action. + +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de> +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed + battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be + amended over time. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c479d77b67c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +What: /sys/class/pwm/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + The pwm/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic PWM + Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using PWM + channels. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN directory is created for each + probed PWM controller/chip where N is the base of the + PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + The number of PWM channels supported by the PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/export +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Exports a PWM channel from the PWM chip for sysfs control. + Value is between 0 and /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm - 1. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/unexport +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Unexports a PWM channel. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX directory is created for + each exported PWM channel where X is the exported PWM + channel number. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/period +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the PWM signal period in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/duty_cycle +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the PWM signal duty cycle in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/polarity +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the output polarity of the PWM signal to "normal" or + "inversed". + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/enable +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Enable/disable the PWM signal. + 0 is disabled + 1 is enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator index e091fa873792..bc578bc60628 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator @@ -349,3 +349,24 @@ Description: This will be one of the same strings reported by the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../bypass +Date: September 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + bypass. This indicates if the device is in bypass mode. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + 'enabled' + 'disabled' + 'unknown' + + 'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode. + + 'disabled' means that the regulator is regulating. + + 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or + the reported state is invalid. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4cf1e72222d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Mark Godfrey <mark.godfrey@stericsson.com> +Description: The rtc_calibration attribute allows the userspace to + calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock. + Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value + by adding to it the value of this attribute. + The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of + 30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock) +Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration + daemon uses this interface. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..29a4f892e433 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/isci_id +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> +Description: + This file contains the enumerated host ID for the Intel + SCU controller. The Intel(R) C600 Series Chipset SATA/SAS + Storage Control Unit embeds up to two 4-port controllers in + a single PCI device. The controllers are enumerated in order + which usually means the lowest number scsi_host corresponds + with the first controller, but this association is not + guaranteed. The 'isci_id' attribute unambiguously identifies + the controller index: '0' for the first controller, + '1' for the second. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc index 4e8106f7cfd9..5977e2875325 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc @@ -23,3 +23,35 @@ Description: Since this relates to security (specifically, the lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed from the default. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices. + This is only of limited use for testing and + development as the hardware's automatic rate + adaptation is better then this simple control. + + Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to + use. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_dnts +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com> +Description: + The device notification time slot (DNTS) count and inverval in + milliseconds that the WUSB host should use. This controls how + often the devices will have the opportunity to send + notifications to the host. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_retry_count +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com> +Description: + The number of retries that the WUSB host should attempt + before reporting an error for a bus transaction. The range of + valid values is [0..15], where 0 indicates infinite retries. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices index 6a25671ee5f6..5fcc94358b8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /sys/devices Date: February 2006 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-cache_disable b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-cache_disable deleted file mode 100644 index 175bb4f70512..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-cache_disable +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/cache_disable_X -Date: August 2008 -KernelVersion: 2.6.27 -Contact: mark.langsdorf@amd.com -Description: These files exist in every cpu's cache index directories. - There are currently 2 cache_disable_# files in each - directory. Reading from these files on a supported - processor will return that cache disable index value - for that processor and node. Writing to one of these - files will cause the specificed cache index to be disabled. - - Currently, only AMD Family 10h Processors support cache index - disable, and only for their L3 caches. See the BIOS and - Kernel Developer's Guide at - http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/31116-Public-GH-BKDG_3.20_2-4-09.pdf - for formatting information and other details on the - cache index disable. -Users: joachim.deguara@amd.com diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6568e0010e1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/reset_counters +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This write-only control file will zero all the statistical + counters for UE and CE errors on the given memory controller. + Zeroing the counters will also reset the timer indicating how + long since the last counter were reset. This is useful for + computing errors/time. Since the counters are always reset + at driver initialization time, no module/kernel parameter + is available. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/seconds_since_reset +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays how many seconds have elapsed + since the last counter reset. This can be used with the error + counters to measure error rates. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/mc_name +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the type of memory controller + that is being utilized. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/size_mb +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory + that this memory controller manages. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. If + panic_on_ue is set, this counter will not have a chance to + increment, since EDAC will panic the system + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of UEs that have + occurred on this memory controller with no information as to + which DIMM slot is having errors. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. This + count is very important to examine. CEs provide early + indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count + field should be monitored for non-zero values and report + such information to the system administrator. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of CEs that + have occurred on this memory controller wherewith no + information as to which DIMM slot is having errors. Memory is + handicapped, but operational, yet no information is available + to indicate which slot the failing memory is in. This count + field should be also be monitored for non-zero values. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/sdram_scrub_rate +Date: February 2007 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: Read/Write attribute file that controls memory scrubbing. + The scrubbing rate used by the memory controller is set by + writing a minimum bandwidth in bytes/sec to the attribute file. + The rate will be translated to an internal value that gives at + least the specified rate. + Reading the file will return the actual scrubbing rate employed. + If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented, + the value of the attribute file will be -1. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/max_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the information about the last + available memory slot in this memory controller. It is used by + userspace tools in order to display the memory filling layout. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/size +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the size of dimm or rank. + For dimm*/size, this is the size, in MB of the DIMM memory + stick. For rank*/size, this is the size, in MB for one rank + of the DIMM memory stick. On single rank memories (1R), this + is also the total size of the dimm. On dual rank (2R) memories, + this is half the size of the total DIMM memories. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_dev_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of DRAM device is + being utilized on this DIMM (x1, x2, x4, x8, ...). + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_edac_mode +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of Error detection + and correction is being utilized. For example: S4ECD4ED would + mean a Chipkill with x4 DRAM. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_label +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This control file allows this DIMM to have a label assigned + to it. With this label in the module, when errors occur + the output can provide the DIMM label in the system log. + This becomes vital for panic events to isolate the + cause of the UE event. + DIMM Labels must be assigned after booting, with information + that correctly identifies the physical slot with its + silk screen label. This information is currently very + motherboard specific and determination of this information + must occur in userland at this time. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the location (csrow/channel, + branch/channel/slot or channel/slot) of the dimm or rank. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_mem_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of memory is + currently on this csrow. Normally, either buffered or + unbuffered memory (for example, Unbuffered-DDR3). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..46badc9ea284 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/ +Date: September 2012 +Contact: <> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware + related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Lance Ortiz <lance.ortiz@hp.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string + that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI + namespace. This attribute is read-only. If the device does not have + an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this + attribute is not present. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ea9298d9bbaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ directory is only present for + devices included into the Intel Lynxpoint Low Power Subsystem + (LPSS). If present, it contains attributes containing the LTR + mode and the values of LTR registers of the device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode attribute contains an + integer number (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the devices' + LTR functionality is working in the software mode (1). + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's AUTO_LTR register (raw) + represented as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/sw_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's SW_LTR register (raw) represented + as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory index 9fe91c02ee40..7405de26ee60 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description: added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove operations. Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools - https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/ + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable Date: June 2008 @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Description: identify removable sections of the memory before attempting potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation Users: hotplug memory remove tools - https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/ + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device Date: September 2008 @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Date: September 2008 Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> Description: The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state - is read-write. When read, it's contents show the + is read-write. When read, its contents show the online/offline state of the memory section. When written, root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable memory section (see removable file description above) @@ -58,7 +58,20 @@ Description: by root to offline that section. # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state Users: hotplug memory remove tools - https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/ + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + + +What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that + points to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symbolic link is created for + memory section 9 on node0: + /sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0 + What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY Date: September 2008 @@ -70,4 +83,3 @@ Description: memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic link is created for memory section 9 on node0. /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9 - diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5a50ab655843 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_offset +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the start address of + enhanced data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit Byte. Format decimal. + +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_size +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the size of enhanced + data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit KByte. Format decimal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f990026c0740 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../online +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../online attribute is only present for + devices whose bus types provide .online() and .offline() + callbacks. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value + of the device's 'offline' field. If that number is 1 and '0' + (or 'n', or 'N') is written to this file, the device bus type's + .offline() callback is executed for the device and (if + successful) its 'offline' field is updated accordingly. In + turn, if that number is 0 and '1' (or 'y', or 'Y') is written to + this file, the device bus type's .online() callback is executed + for the device and (if successful) its 'offline' field is + updated as appropriate. + + After a successful execution of the bus type's .offline() + callback the device cannot be used for any purpose until either + it is removed (i.e. device_del() is called for it), or its bus + type's .online() is exeucted successfully. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d548eaac230a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com> +Description: + Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget. + 1 -> suspended + 0 -> resumed + + (_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/gadget-lunX/nofua +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com> +Description: + Show or set the reaction on the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit in + the SCSI WRITE(10,12) commands when a gadget in USB Mass + Storage mode. + + Possible values are: + 1 -> ignore the FUA flag + 0 -> obey the FUA flag diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8aa36716882f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> +Description: + Show whether the floor (0 to 4), protection area (0 or 1) is + keylocked. Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The result is: + 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked + 1 -> the DPS is keylocked +Users: None identified so far. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> +Description: + Enter the protection key for the floor (0 to 4), protection area + (0 or 1). Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The protection key is a string of 8 bytes (value 0-255). + Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed + through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked. + Possible values are: + - 8 bytes + Typical values are: + - "00000000" + - "12345678" +Users: None identified so far. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2107082426da --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_alpha +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the alpha blending value for the overlay. Values range + from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). The value is ignored if + the mode is not set to Alpha Blending. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_mode +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values + are + + 0 - Alpha Blending + 1 - ROP3 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The + position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+'. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3 +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the raster operation (ROP3) for the overlay. Values + range from 0 to 255. The value is ignored if the mode is not + set to ROP3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..efe449bdf811 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power/ +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some power + management related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user + space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to + RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable + it to do that as desired. + + Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals + used to activate the system from a sleep state. Such devices + have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup + file: + + + "enabled\n" to issue the events; + + "disabled\n" not to do so; + + In that cases the user space can change the setting represented + by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or + "disabled" to it. + + For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup + events this file is not present. In that case the device cannot + be enabled to wake up the system from sleep states. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/control +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user + space to control the run-time power management of the device. + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/control file: + + + "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time; + + "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed; + + The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may + be subject to automatic power management, depending on their + drivers. Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver + from power managing the device at run time. Doing that while + the device is suspended causes it to be woken up. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to + enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to + be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel + with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power + transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation). + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/async file: + + + "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume; + + "disabled\n" to forbid it; + + The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either + "enabled", or "disabled" to it. + + It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume + of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies + of the device are known to the PM core. However, for some + devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or + device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the + default value. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number + of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This + attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up + the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with + the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute + is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up the + system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_abort_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with + the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep + state in progress. This attribute is read-only. If the device + is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the + number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has + been reported with a timeout that expired. This attribute is + read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is not present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1, + or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with + the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains + the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the + device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the + device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, + this attribute is not present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains + the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated + with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains + the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of + signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in + milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is + not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute + contains the total time the device has been preventing + opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring. + This attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not + present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute + contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds). Some + drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it + becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain + inactive for a certain minimum period of time first. That + period is called the autosuspend delay. Negative values will + prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar + to writing "on" to the power/control attribute). Values >= + 1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded + up to the nearest second. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_us +Date: March 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute + contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device, + which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the + device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume + request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O, + in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that + the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off attribute + is used for manipulating the PM QoS "no power off" flag. If + set, this flag indicates to the kernel that power should not + be removed entirely from the device. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup attribute + is used for manipulating the PM QoS "remote wakeup required" + flag. If set, this flag indicates to the kernel that the + device is a source of user events that have to be signaled from + its low-power states. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..73b77a6be196 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..30c20703fb8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D1. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fd9d84b421e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D2. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3df32c20addf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D3hot. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot. The + names of the links are the same as the names of the directories + they point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e0588feeb6e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + require ACPI power resources for wakeup signaling. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be able to signal wakeup. The names of + the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7ad9546748f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for + device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power + management methods. + + If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI + power state of the given device node. Its possible values, + "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state + names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state + determines a list of power resources required not to be turned + off. However, some power resources needed by the device node in + higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of + some other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8b3527c82a7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../real_power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide + power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power + management. + + If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI + power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC + control method or inferred from the configuration of power + resources. Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and + "D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI + specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + In some situations the value of this attribute may be different + from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for + the same device object. If that happens, some shared power + resources used by the device node are only ON because of some + other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b4a3bc5922a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI power resources. + + If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the + current status of the given power resource (0 means that the + resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off). + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d9cc253f2b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/devices/socX +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each + System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information + regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This + functionality is only available if implemented by the platform. + + The directory created for each SoC will also house information + about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform. + It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported + devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/machine +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine + name (e.g. Ux500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/family +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name + (e.g. DB8500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of + ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/revision +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's + manufacturing revision number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/process +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the + the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured. + +What: /sys/bus/soc +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders + expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular + interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on + the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned + /sys/devices/socX devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..625ce4b63758 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../sun +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Yasuaki Ishimatsu <isimatu.yasuaki@jp.fujitsu.com> +Description: + The file contains a Slot-unique ID which provided by the _SUN + method in the ACPI namespace. The value is written in Advanced + Configuration and Power Interface Specification as follows: + + "The _SUN value is required to be unique among the slots of + the same type. It is also recommended that this number match + the slot number printed on the physical slot whenever possible." + + So reading the sysfs file, we can identify a physical position + of the slot in the system. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..468e4d48f884 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/ +Date: pre-git history +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes + + Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories + named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/ + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max + /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline + /sys/devices/system/cpu/online + /sys/devices/system/cpu/possible + /sys/devices/system/cpu/present +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to + hotplug. Briefly: + + kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel + configuration. + + offline: cpus that are not online because they have been + HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the + kernel configuration (kernel_max above). + + online: cpus that are online and being scheduled. + + possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be + brought online if they are present. + + present: cpus that have been identified as being present in + the system. + + See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe + /sys/devices/system/cpu/release +Date: November 2009 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug + removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU + from the system. + + probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the + system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is + architecture specific. + + release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from + the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's + is architecture specific. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to + + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points + to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42 + in NUMA node 2: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2 + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship + to other cores and threads in the same physical package. + + One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system, + e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/. + + Briefly, the files above are: + + core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the + hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's). + The actual value is architecture and platform dependent. + + core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads + within the same physical_package_id. + + core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU + numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#. + + physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically + corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value + is architecture and platform dependent. + + thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware + threads within the same core as cpu# + + thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware + threads within the same core as cpu# + + See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro +Date: September 2007 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism + + Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are + differentiated by varying exit latencies and power + consumption during idle. + + Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism + (driver) + + current_driver: displays current idle mechanism + + current_governor_ro: displays current idle policy + + See files in Documentation/cpuidle/ for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/* +Date: pre-git history +Contact: cpufreq@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs + + Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the + CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery + power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power + the CPU consumes. + + There are many knobs to tweak in this directory. + + See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information. + + In particular, read Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt + to learn how to control the knobs. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus +Date: June 2013 +Contact: cpufreq@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain + + freqdomain_cpus is the list of CPUs (online+offline) that share + the same clock/freq domain (possibly at the hardware level). + That information may be hidden from the cpufreq core and the + value of related_cpus may be different from freqdomain_cpus. This + attribute is useful for user space DVFS controllers to get better + power/performance results for platforms using acpi-cpufreq. + + This file is only present if the acpi-cpufreq driver is in use. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1} +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: discuss@x86-64.org +Description: Disable L3 cache indices + + These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each + cache_disable_{0,1} file corresponds to one disable slot which + can be used to disable a cache index. Reading from these files + on a processor with this functionality will return the currently + disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per + node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid + index to one of these files will cause the specificed cache + index to be disabled. + + All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality. + For details, see BKDGs at + http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Processor frequency boosting control + + This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system. + Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency + beyound it's nominal limit. + More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes_size +Date: April 2013 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: address and size of the percpu note. + + crash_notes: the physical address of the memory that holds the + note of cpu#. + + crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b82deeaec314 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: state +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com> +Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and + out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the + ability to query the current state. + 0 => PRTM off + 1 => PRTM enabled +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + +What: version +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com> +Description: The version file provides a means by which to query + the RTL table version that lives in the Extended + BIOS Data Area (EBDA). +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9ca02fb2d498 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/ +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com> +Description: + A collection of global/individual Xen physical cpu attributes + + Individual physical cpu attributes are contained in + subdirectories named by the Xen's logical cpu number, e.g.: + /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/ + + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/online +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com> +Description: + Interface to online/offline Xen physical cpus + + When running under Xen platform, it provide user interface + to online/offline physical cpus, except cpu0 due to several + logic restrictions and assumptions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b6490e14fe83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: For USB devices : /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor + For BT devices : /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor + Symlink : /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/report_descriptor +Date: Jan 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.0.39 +Contact: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us> +Description: When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID + report descriptor. + This file cannot be written. +Users: HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..57b92cbdceae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be + is being controlled by press_speed. + Values are 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled. + Values are 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html + Values are 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/select_right +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate + a left or right mouse button click. + Values are 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity. + Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity). + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_speed +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled. + Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest). + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..167d9032b970 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/module/hid_logitech/drivers/hid:logitech/<dev>/range. +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com> +Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering + wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the + range of the wheel. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f79839d1af37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/quirks +Date: November 2011 +Contact: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com> +Description: The integer value of this attribute corresponds to the + quirks actually in place to handle the device's protocol. + When read, this attribute returns the current settings (see + MT_QUIRKS_* in hid-multitouch.c). + When written this attribute change on the fly the quirks, then + the protocol to handle the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..08579e7e1e89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD + (firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes. + + Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being + enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are + the non-active mode names listed when read. + + Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets + disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute + operation_mode_delay for its value). + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode_delay +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when + operation_mode has changed. + + Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is + 0..30000ms. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fb_update_rate +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate. + + Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz), + the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz + within permitted rates. + + Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second + it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two + tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application + to flush it's tiny changes explicitely at higher than default rate. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..05d988c29a83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which + that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data. + Range: 0..15 + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a + note held by the pc-midi driver. + 0 means sustain mode is disabled. + Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds) + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver. + The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves. + 0 means the no ocatve shift. + Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2) + Type: Read/Write diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..55e281b0071a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/actual_profile +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-5. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile which is also the profile that's active on device startup. + When written this attribute activates the selected profile + immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/button +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The keyboard can store short macros with consist of 1 button with + several modifier keys internally. + When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific + button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are + included in written data. The data has to be 24 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/info +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns some info about the device like the + installed firmware version. + The size of the data is 8 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/key_mask +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The keyboard lets the user deactivate 5 certain keys like the + windows and application keys, to protect the user from the outcome + of accidentally pressing them. + The integer value of this attribute has bits 0-4 set depending + on the state of the corresponding key. + When read, this file returns the current state of the buttons. + When written, the given buttons are activated/deactivated + immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/mode_key +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The keyboard has a condensed layout without num-lock key. + Instead it uses a mode-key which activates a gaming mode where + the assignment of the number block changes. + The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON). + When read, this file returns the actual state of the key. + When written, the key is activated/deactivated immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c601d0f2ac46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/actual_profile +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the + profile that's active when the device is powered on next time. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the device activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/info +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + The data is 6 bytes long. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/key_mask +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one deactivate certain keys like + windows and application keys, to prevent accidental presses. + Profile number for which this settings occur is included in + written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_capslock +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + capslock key for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_easyzone +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + easyzone keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 65 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_function +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + function keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 41 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_macro +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the macro + keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in + written data. The data has to be 35 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_media +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the media + keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in + written data. The data has to be 29 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_thumbster +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + thumbster keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 23 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/last_set +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the time in secs since + epoch in which the last configuration took place. + The data has to be 20 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/light +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the backlight intensity for + a specific profile. Profile number is included in written data. + The data has to be 10 bytes long for Isku, IskuFX needs 16 bytes + of data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/macro +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500 + keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile. + Button and profile numbers are included in written data. + The data has to be 2083 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile and key to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/reset +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one reset the device. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/control +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/talk +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one trigger easyshift functionality + from the host. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/talkfx +Date: February 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one trigger temporary color schemes + from the host. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3ca3971109bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_dpi +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the + press of a button. + When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi + setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further + processed to receive the real dpi value. + + VALUE DPI + 1 800 + 2 1200 + 3 1600 + 4 2000 + 5 2400 + 6 3200 + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5] +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile holds information like button + mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light + effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile. The + returned data is 975 bytes in size. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number + stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the + store. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse. + The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the + startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data. + When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. + The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid + data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user + calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface. + When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU, + where 0 means off and 1 means on. + Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off. + Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes + around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights + ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse + and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the + raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing + in other software. + The values map to the weights as follows: + + VALUE WEIGHT + 0 none + 1 5g + 2 10g + 3 15g + 4 20g + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7bd776f9c3c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/actual_profile +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the + profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/info +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 8 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/macro +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes + internally. + When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific + button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are + included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 77 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_settings +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/sensor +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These + can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be + set. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/talk +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit + can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor + registers. + The data has to be 4 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu_image +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the + sampled underground. This works only in the course of a + calibration process initiated with tcu. + The returned data is 1028 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..41a9b7fbfc79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/actual_profile +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. actual_profile holds number of actual profile. + This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/control +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/info +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 6 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/macro +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes + internally. + When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific + button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are + included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/profile_buttons +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 59 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/profile_settings +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 31 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/sensor +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These + can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be + set. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/talk +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/tcu +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit + can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor + registers. + The data has to be 4 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/tcu_image +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the + sampled underground. This works only in the course of a + calibration process initiated with tcu. + The returned data is 1028 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a10404f15a54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_profile +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the active + profile. + When written, the mouse activates this profile immediately. + The profile that's active when powered down is the same that's + active when the mouse is powered on. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/info +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 6 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_buttons +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 23 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_settings +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 16 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..31c6c4c8ba2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/control +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, cpi, button and light settings can be configured. + When read, actual cpi setting and sensor data are returned. + The data has to be 8 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9fa9de30d14b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/info +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 6 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 13 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 19 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse. + The size of the data is 3 bytes and holds information on the + startup_profile. + When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid + data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f1e02a98bd9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/buttons +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and + button settings. buttons holds informations about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons to the mouse. The data has to be 47 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/control +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/general +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and + button settings. profile holds informations like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/info +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 8 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/macro +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500 + keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile. + Button and profile numbers are included in written data. + The data has to be 2083 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile and key to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/profile +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. profile holds number of actual profile. + This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/sensor +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a Avago ADNS-3090 sensor. + This file allows reading and writing of the mouse sensors registers. + The data has to be 4 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d0eba70c7d40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM1 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM2 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM3 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM4 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM5 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM6 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM7 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM8 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM9 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM10 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM11 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM12 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM13 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM14 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM15 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPMALL +Date: Jan 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org> +Description: Provides a control for turning on/off the LEDs which form + an RPM meter on the front of the controller diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..abcffeedd20a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/rgb +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: The ThingM blink1 is an USB RGB LED. The color notation is + 3-byte hexadecimal. Read this attribute to get the last set + color. Write the 24-bit hexadecimal color to change the current + LED color. The default color is full white (0xFFFFFF). + For instance, set the color to green with: echo 00FF00 > rgb + +What: /sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/fade +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: This attribute allows to set a fade time in milliseconds for + the next color change. Read the attribute to know the current + fade time. The default value is set to 0 (no fade time). For + instance, set a fade time of 2 seconds with: echo 2000 > fade + +What: /sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/play +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: This attribute is used to play/pause the light patterns. Write 1 + to start playing, 0 to stop. Reading this attribute returns the + current playing status. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ed5dd567d397 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led1 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led2 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led3 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led4 +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com> +Description: Make it possible to set/get current led state. Reading from it + returns 0 if led is off and 1 if it is on. Writing 0 to it + disables the led, writing 1 enables it. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/extension +Date: August 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This file contains the currently connected and initialized + extensions. It can be one of: none, motionp, nunchuck, classic, + motionp+nunchuck, motionp+classic + motionp is the official Nintendo Motion+ extension, nunchuck is + the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the + Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can + be combined with the other two. + Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is + supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static + extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus + device then. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/devtype +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: While a device is initialized by the wiimote driver, we perform + a device detection and signal a "change" uevent after it is + done. This file shows the detected device type. "pending" means + that the detection is still ongoing, "unknown" means, that the + device couldn't be detected or loaded. "generic" means, that the + device couldn't be detected but supports basic Wii Remote + features and can be used. + Other strings for each device-type are available and may be + added if new device-specific detections are added. + Currently supported are: + gen10: First Wii Remote generation + gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation (builtin MP) + balanceboard: Wii Balance Board + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/bboard_calib +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a + balance board. It provides a single line with 3 calibration + values for all 4 sensors. The values are separated by colons and + are each 2 bytes long (encoded as 4 digit hexadecimal value). + First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the + 17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4 + sensors. + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input + values but may be used by user-space to perform other + transformations. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5a7d2e217d40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_events +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org> +Description: An integer representing a set of wakeup events as follows: + 1: Wake to enter hibernation when the wakeup timer expires + 2: Wake to enter hibernation when the battery reaches a + critical level + + These values are ORed together. For example, a value of 3 + indicates that the system will wake to enter hibernation when + either the wakeup timer expires or the battery reaches a + critical level. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_time +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org> +Description: An integer representing the length of time the system will + remain asleep before waking up to enter hibernation. + This value is in minutes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7d1435bc976c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/ +Date: August 2012 +Kernel Version: 3.6 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This folder includes the attributes related with PPI (Physical + Presence Interface). Only if TPM is supported by BIOS, this + folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command + 'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI, + please refer to the PPI specification from + http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/ + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/version +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the version of the PPI supported by the + platform. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/request +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the request for an operation to be + executed in the pre-OS environment. It is the only input from + the OS to the pre-OS environment. The request should be an + integer value range from 1 to 160, and 0 means no request. + This file can be read and written. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/00:<bus-num>/ppi/response +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the response to the most recent operation + request it acted upon. The format is "<request> <response num> + : <response description>". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/transition_action +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the platform-specific action that should + take place in order to transition to the BIOS for execution of + a requested operation. The format is "<action num>: <action + description>". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/tcg_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the requests defined by TCG, i.e. requests from 1 to 22. + The format is "<request> <status num>: <status description>". + This attribute is only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/vs_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the verdor specific requests, i.e. requests from 128 to + 255. The format is same with tcg_operations. This attribute + is also only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..678819a3f8bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level +Date: January 1, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" + that are can be modified by a function key, and by this + sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot + of sense, but some users like to modify them to keep + their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file + will show the current performance level. Writing to the + file can change this value. + Valid options: + "silent" + "normal" + "overclock" + Note that not all laptops support all of these options. + Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option, + and it's still unknown if this value even changes + anything, other than making the user feel a bit better. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/battery_life_extender +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> +Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle + life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge + level. + 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge) + 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> +Description: Use your USB ports to charge devices, even + when your laptop is powered off. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7fc781048b79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +WWhat: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/oled*_img +Date: June 2012 +Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/oled*_img files control + OLED mocro displays on Intuos4 Wireless tablet. Accepted image + has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). The format + is the same as PBM image 62x32px without header (64 bits per + horizontal line, 32 lines). An example of setting OLED No. 0: + dd bs=256 count=1 if=img_file of=[path to oled0_img]/oled0_img + The attribute is read only and no local copy of the image is + stored. + +What: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed file controls + reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading from + this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode + or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values + switches reporting speed. + +What: /sys/class/leds/0005\:056A\:00BD.0001\:selector\:*/ +Date: May 2012 +Kernel Version: 3.5 +Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org +Description: + LED selector for Intuos4 WL. There are 4 leds, but only one LED + can be lit at a time. Max brightness is 127. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/led +Date: August 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Attribute group for control of the status LEDs and the OLEDs. + This attribute group is only available for Intuos 4 M, L, + and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 5 (LEDs only), and Cintiq + 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD (LEDs only). Therefore its presence + implicitly signifies the presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the + tablet device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status0_luminance +Date: August 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus does not touch the tablet surface, and no + button is pressed on the stylus. This luminance level is + normally lower than the level when a button is pressed. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status1_luminance +Date: August 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus touches the tablet surface, or any button is + pressed on the stylus. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status_led0_select +Date: August 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4 + and Intuos 5) or of the right four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq + 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the + same side are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status_led1_select +Date: September 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets which one of the left four (for Cintiq 21UX2 + and Cintiq 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on + the left are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/buttons_luminance +Date: August 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the overall luminance level (0..15) + of all eight button OLED displays. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/button<n>_rawimg +Date: August 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When writing a 1024 byte raw image in Wacom Intuos 4 + interleaving format to the file, the image shows up on Button N + of the device. The image is a 64x32 pixel 4-bit gray image. The + 1024 byte binary is split up into 16x 64 byte chunks. Each 64 + byte chunk encodes the image data for two consecutive lines on + the display. The low nibble of each byte contains the first + line, and the high nibble contains the second line. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8bb43b66eb55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_buffer_pages +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + Maximum number of free pages to keep in each block + backend buffer. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_persistent_grants +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + Maximum number of grants to map persistently in + blkback. If the frontend tries to use more than + max_persistent_grants, the LRU kicks in and starts + removing 5% of max_persistent_grants every 100ms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c0a6cb7eb314 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/max +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Maximum number of segments that the frontend will negotiate + with the backend for indirect descriptors. The default value + is 32 - higher value means more potential throughput but more + memory usage. The backend picks the minimum of the frontend + and its default backend value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi index 4f9ba3c2fca7..b4436cca97a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -1,3 +1,59 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/ +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + The BGRT is an ACPI 5.0 feature that allows the OS + to obtain a copy of the firmware boot splash and + some associated metadata. This is intended to be used + by boot splash applications in order to interact with + the firmware boot splash in order to avoid jarring + transitions. + + image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP. + status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it. + type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format. + version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1. + xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen + and the left edge of the image. + yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen + and the top edge of the image. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/ +Date: February 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + There are separate hotplug profiles for different classes of + devices supported by ACPI, such as containers, memory modules, + processors, PCI root bridges etc. A hotplug profile for a given + class of devices is a collection of settings defining the way + that class of devices will be handled by the ACPI core hotplug + code. Those profiles are represented in sysfs as subdirectories + of /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/. + + The following setting is available to user space for each + hotplug profile: + + enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of + hotplug events associated with the given class of + devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with + the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it + effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding + class of devices. + + The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set) + or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will + cause -EINVAL to be returned. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/force_remove +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The number in this file (0 or 1) determines whether (1) or not + (0) the ACPI subsystem will allow devices to be hot-removed even + if they cannot be put offline gracefully (from the kernel's + viewpoint). That number can be changed by writing a boolean + value to this file. + What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/ Date: February 2008 Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c78f9ab01e56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/ +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + Many machines' firmware (x86 and ia64) export DMI / + SMBIOS tables to the operating system. Getting at this + information is often valuable to userland, especially in + cases where there are OEM extensions used. + + The kernel itself does not rely on the majority of the + information in these tables being correct. It equally + cannot ensure that the data as exported to userland is + without error either. + + DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where + each entry has a common header indicating the type and + length of the entry, as well as a firmware-provided + 'handle' that is supposed to be unique amongst all + entries. + + Some entries are required by the specification, but many + others are optional. In general though, users should + never expect to find a specific entry type on their + system unless they know for certain what their firmware + is doing. Machine to machine experiences will vary. + + Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order + to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is + assigned by the operating system an 'instance', which is + derived from an entry type's ordinal position. That is + to say, if there are 'N' multiple entries with the same type + 'T' in the DMI tables (adjacent or spread apart, it + doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as + entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)": + + Example entry directories: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-2 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-3 + ... + + Instance numbers are used in lieu of the firmware + assigned entry handles as the kernel itself makes no + guarantees that handles as exported are unique, and + there are likely firmware images that get this wrong in + the wild. + + Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values + exported as attributes: + + handle : The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this + entry by the firmware. This handle may be + referred to by other entries. + length : The length of the entry, as presented in the + entry itself. Note that this is _not the + total count of bytes associated with the + entry_. This value represents the length of + the "formatted" portion of the entry. This + "formatted" region is sometimes followed by + the "unformatted" region composed of nul + terminated strings, with termination signalled + by a two nul characters in series. + raw : The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the + "formatted" portion of the entry, the + "unformatted" strings portion of the entry, + and the two terminating nul characters. + type : The type of the entry. This value is the same + as found in the directory name. It indicates + how the rest of the entry should be interpreted. + instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the + given type. This value is the same as found + in the parent directory name. + position: The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry + within the entirety of the DMI entry table. + + === Entry Specialization === + + Some entry types may have other information available in + sysfs. Not all types are specialized. + + --- Type 15 - System Event Log --- + + This entry allows the firmware to export a log of + events the system has taken. This information is + typically backed by nvram, but the implementation + details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data + is exported in the directory: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log + + and has the following attributes (documented in the + SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)": + + area_length + header_start_offset + data_start_offset + access_method + status + change_token + access_method_address + header_format + per_log_type_descriptor_length + type_descriptors_supported_count + + As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute: + + raw_event_log : The raw binary bits of the event log + as described by the DMI entry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0faa0aaf4b6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/gsmi +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + Some servers used internally at Google have firmware + that provides callback functionality via explicit SMI + triggers. Some of the callbacks are similar to those + provided by the EFI runtime services page, but due to + historical reasons this different entry-point has been + used. + + The gsmi driver implements the kernel's abstraction for + these firmware callbacks. Currently, this functionality + is limited to handling the system event log and getting + access to EFI-style variables stored in nvram. + + Layout: + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/vars: + + This directory has the same layout (and + underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars. + See Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars + for more information on how to interact with + this structure. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/append_to_eventlog - write-only: + + This file takes a binary blob and passes it onto + the firmware to be timestamped and appended to + the system eventlog. The binary format is + interpreted by the firmware and may change from + platform to platform. The only kernel-enforced + requirement is that the blob be prefixed with a + 32bit host-endian type used as part of the + firmware call. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_config - write-only: + + Writing any value to this file will cause the + entire firmware configuration to be reset to + "factory defaults". Callers should assume that + a reboot is required for the configuration to be + cleared. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_eventlog - write-only: + + This file is used to clear out a portion/the + whole of the system event log. Values written + should be values between 1 and 100 inclusive (in + ASCII) representing the fraction of the log to + clear. Not all platforms support fractional + clearing though, and this writes to this file + will error out if the firmware doesn't like your + submitted fraction. + + Callers should assume that a reboot is needed + for this operation to complete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9b58e7c5365f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/log +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/firmware/log is a binary file that represents a + read-only copy of the firmware's log if one is + available. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4be7d44aeacf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/sfi/tables/ +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> +Description: + SFI defines a number of small static memory tables + so the kernel can get platform information from firmware. + + The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification: + http://simplefirmware.org/documentation + + While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space + can observe them this way: + + # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables + # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 index 5fb709997d96..c631253cf85c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Description: will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique preallocation pool. -What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks Date: March 2008 Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> Description: @@ -85,7 +85,27 @@ Date: June 2008 Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> Description: Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal - inode used by the inode allocator in p0reference to - all other allocation hueristics. This is intended for + inode used by the inode allocator in preference to + all other allocation heuristics. This is intended for debugging use only, and should be 0 on production systems. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/max_writeback_mb_bump +Date: September 2009 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will + try to write out before move on to another inode. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/extent_max_zeroout_kb +Date: August 2012 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of kilobytes which will be zeroed + out in preference to creating a new uninitialized + extent when manipulating an inode's extent tree. Note + that using a larger value will increase the + variability of time necessary to complete a random + write operation (since a 4k random write might turn + into a much larger write due to the zeroout + operation). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..31942efcaf0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_max_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the maximun sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_min_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the minimum sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_no_gc_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the default sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..585962ad0465 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/pressure0_input +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com> +Description: Start a pressure measurement and read the result. Values + represent the ambient air pressure in pascal (0.01 millibar). + + Reading: returns the current air pressure. + + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/temp0_input +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com> +Description: Measure the ambient temperature. The returned value represents + the ambient temperature in units of 0.1 degree celsius. + + Reading: returns the current temperature. + + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/oversampling +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com> +Description: Tell the bmp085 to use more samples to calculate a pressure + value. When writing to this file the chip will use 2^x samples + to calculate the next pressure value with x being the value + written. Using this feature will decrease RMS noise and + increase the measurement time. + + Reading: returns the current oversampling setting. + + Writing: sets a new oversampling setting. + Accepted values: 0..3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..50a3033b5e15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/fscaps +Date: February 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de> +Description + Shows whether file system capabilities are honored + when executing a binary + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9b31556cfdda --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.5 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ contains a number of sub- + directories, each representing an IOMMU group. The + name of the sub-directory matches the iommu_group_id() + for the group, which is an integer value. Within each + subdirectory is another directory named "devices" with + links to the sysfs devices contained in this group. + The group directory also optionally contains a "name" + file if the IOMMU driver has chosen to register a more + common name for the group. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..73e653ee2481 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm +Date: September 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Interface for Kernel Samepage Merging (KSM) + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/full_scans +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_shared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_sharing +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_unshared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_volatile +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/run +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/sleep_millisecs +Date: September 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface + + full_scans: how many times all mergeable areas have been + scanned. + + pages_shared: how many shared pages are being used. + + pages_sharing: how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how + much saved. + + pages_to_scan: how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes + to sleep. + + pages_unshared: how many pages unique but repeatedly checked + for merging. + + pages_volatile: how many pages changing too fast to be placed + in a tree. + + run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled. + write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running. + write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages. + + sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between + scans. + + See Documentation/vm/ksm.txt for more information. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/merge_across_nodes +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Control merging pages across different NUMA nodes. + + When it is set to 0 only pages from the same node are merged, + otherwise pages from all nodes can be merged together (default). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab index 6dcf75e594fb..91bd6ca5440f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab @@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The alloc_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many - objects have been allocated using the fast path. + The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the + current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial @@ -55,9 +56,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The alloc_from_partial file is read-only and specifies how - many times a cpu slab has been full and it has been refilled - by using a slab from the list of partially used slabs. + The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has + been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list + of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current + count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill @@ -66,9 +68,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The alloc_refill file is read-only and specifies how many - times the per-cpu freelist was empty but there were objects - available as the result of remote cpu frees. + The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist + was empty but there were objects available as the result of + remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab @@ -77,8 +79,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The alloc_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times - a new slab had to be allocated from the page allocator. + The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to + be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to + clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath @@ -87,9 +90,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The alloc_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many - objects have been allocated using the slow path because of a - refill or allocation from a partial or new slab. + The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the slow path because of a refill or + allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to + clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma @@ -117,10 +121,11 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.31 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The file cpuslab_flush is read-only and specifies how many - times a cache's cpu slabs have been flushed as the result of - destroying or shrinking a cache, a cpu going offline, or as - the result of forcing an allocation from a certain node. + The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs + have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a + cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an + allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the + current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor @@ -139,8 +144,8 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The file deactivate_empty is read-only and specifies how many - times an empty cpu slab was deactivated. + The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full @@ -149,8 +154,8 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The file deactivate_full is read-only and specifies how many - times a full cpu slab was deactivated. + The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees @@ -159,9 +164,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The file deactivate_remote_frees is read-only and specifies how - many times a cpu slab has been deactivated and contained free - objects that were freed remotely. + The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab + has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed + remotely. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head @@ -170,9 +175,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The file deactivate_to_head is read-only and specifies how - many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the - head of its node's partial list. + The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail @@ -181,9 +186,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The file deactivate_to_tail is read-only and specifies how - many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the - tail of its node's partial list. + The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu @@ -201,9 +206,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The file free_add_partial is read-only and specifies how many - times an object has been freed in a full slab so that it had to - added to its node's partial list. + The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's + partial list. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls @@ -222,9 +227,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The free_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many - objects have been freed using the fast path because it was an - object from the cpu slab. + The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab. + It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen @@ -233,9 +238,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The free_frozen file is read-only and specifies how many - objects have been freed to a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu - slab). + The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to + a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to + clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial @@ -244,9 +249,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The file free_remove_partial is read-only and specifies how - many times an object has been freed to a now-empty slab so - that it had to be removed from its node's partial list. + The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from + its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current + count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab @@ -255,8 +261,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The free_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times an - empty slab has been freed back to the page allocator. + The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been + freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear + the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath @@ -265,9 +272,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The free_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many - objects have been freed using the slow path (i.e. to a full or - partial slab). + The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can + be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align @@ -339,6 +346,10 @@ Description: number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order possible depending on its characteristics. + When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified + (see Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt), the minimum possible + order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change + the order at run time. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback Date: April 2008 @@ -346,10 +357,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Description: - The file order_fallback is read-only and specifies how many - times an allocation of a new slab has not been possible at the - cache's order and instead fallen back to its minimum possible - order. + The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a + new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead + fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to + clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e14703f12fdf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address + written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the + physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt + to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or + dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed + on the bad page list and never be reused. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The + kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather + fail the offline. Return value is the size of the + number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading + the file is not allowed. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical + address written into this file. Input is a hex number + specifying the physical address of the page. The + kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by + trying to drop the page or killing any owner or + triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill + any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid + to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the + hardware. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + Return value is the size of the number, or a error when + the offlining failed. + Reading the file is not allowed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..47064c2b1f79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_mac +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read GbE MAC address. + +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_firmware +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read Option ROM data. + + +What: /sys/module/ehci_hcd/drivers/.../uframe_periodic_max +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru> +Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs) + + [ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per + microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125 + microseconds (full microframe). + + However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is + too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110 + microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work + together. ] + + Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that + the host controller would allow allocating more than 100 + microseconds of periodic bandwidth per microframe. + + Beware, non-standard modes are usually not thoroughly tested by + hardware designers, and the hardware can malfunction when this + setting differ from default 100. + +What: /sys/module/*/{coresize,initsize} +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module size in bytes. + +What: /sys/module/*/taint +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module taint flags: + P - proprietary module + O - out-of-tree module + F - force-loaded module + C - staging driver module diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop index a1cb660c50cf..cd9d667c3da2 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/display +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display Date: January 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.20 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Description: Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD. -What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/gps +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps Date: January 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.20 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> @@ -21,19 +21,19 @@ Description: Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off. Users: Lapsus -What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/ledd +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd Date: January 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.20 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> Description: Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be - used to display several informations. + used to display several items of information. To control the LED display, use the following : - echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/ + echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display. The DDD table can be found in Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt -What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/bluetooth +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth Date: January 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.20 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> @@ -42,11 +42,25 @@ Description: This may control the led, the device or both. Users: Lapsus -What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/wlan +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan Date: January 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.20 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> Description: - Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + Control the wlan device. 1 means on, 0 means off. This may control the led, the device or both. Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wimax +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wimax device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wwan +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wwan (3G) device. 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..019e1e29370e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cpufv +Date: Oct 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Change CPU clock configuration (write-only). + There are three available clock configuration: + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode + * 1 -> High Performance Mode + * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/camera +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cardr +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/touchpad +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card touchpad. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/lid_resume +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: "AceLan Kao" <acelan.kao@canonical.com> +Description: + Resume on lid open. 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4cc6a865ae66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/at91_can/net/<iface>/mb0_id +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Marc Kleine-Budde <kernel@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Value representing the can_id of mailbox 0. + + Default: 0x7ff (standard frame) + + Due to a chip bug (errata 50.2.6.3 & 50.3.5.3 in + "AT91SAM9263 Preliminary 6249H-ATARM-27-Jul-09") the + contents of mailbox 0 may be send under certain + conditions (even if disabled or in rx mode). + + The workaround in the errata suggests not to use the + mailbox and load it with an unused identifier. + + In order to use an extended can_id add the + CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example: + + - standard id 0x7ff: + echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id + + - extended id 0x1fffffff: + echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop index 7445dfb321b5..5b026c69587a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/disp +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp Date: May 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ Description: - 3 = LCD+CRT If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead. -What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/camera +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera Date: May 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> Description: Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. -What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/cardr +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr Date: May 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> Description: Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. -What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/cpufv +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv Date: Jun 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.31 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Description: `------------ Availables modes For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes. -What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/available_cpufv +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv Date: Jun 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.31 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b31e782bd985 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/camera_power +Date: Dec 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>" +Description: + Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/fan_mode +Date: June 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Change fan mode + There are four available modes: + * 0 -> Super Silent Mode + * 1 -> Standard Mode + * 2 -> Dust Cleaning + * 4 -> Efficient Thermal Dissipation Mode + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c1653271872a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/dev_name +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip + is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0". + The device name flows down to architecture specific board + initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader + firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space + dameon and opens the device when install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/baud_rate +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + The maximum reliable baud-rate the host can support. + Different platforms tend to have different high-speed + UART configurations, so the baud-rate needs to be set + locally and also sent across to the WL128x via a HCI-VS + command. The entry is read and made use by the user-space + daemon when the ldisc install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/flow_cntrl +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + The WL128x makes use of flow control mechanism, and this + entry most often should be 1, the host's UART is required + to have the capability of flow-control, or else this + entry can be made use of for exceptions. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/install +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + When one of the protocols Bluetooth, FM or GPS wants to make + use of the shared UART transport, it registers to the shared + transport driver, which will signal the user-space for opening, + configuring baud and install line discipline via this sysfs + entry. This entry would be polled upon by the user-space + daemon managing the UART, and is notified about the change + by the sysfs_notify. The value would be '1' when UART needs + to be opened/ldisc installed, and would be '0' when UART + is no more required and needs to be closed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..307a247ba1ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/lcd_level +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Screen brightness: contains a single integer in the range 0..8. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_brightness +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Enable automatic brightness control: contains either 0 or 1. If + set to 1 the hardware adjusts the screen brightness + automatically when the power cord is plugged/unplugged. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/wlan +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + WLAN subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/bluetooth +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Bluetooth subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. Please + note that this file is constantly 0 if no Bluetooth hardware is + available. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/touchpad +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if touchpad is turned on. + Touchpad state can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F3. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if turbo mode is turned + on. In turbo mode power LED is orange and processor is + overclocked. Turbo mode is available only if charging. It is + only possible to toggle turbo mode state by pressing Fn+F10, + and there is a few seconds cooldown between subsequent toggles. + If user presses Fn+F10 too frequent, turbo mode state is not + changed. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/eco_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if ECO mode is turned on. + In ECO mode power LED is green and userspace should do some + powersaving actions. ECO mode is available only on battery + power. ECO mode can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F10. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_cooldown +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains value in range 0..3: + * 0 -> Turbo mode is off + * 1 -> Turbo mode is on, cannot be turned off yet + * 2 -> Turbo mode is off, cannot be turned on yet + * 3 -> Turbo mode is on + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_fan +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if fan speed is controlled + automatically (1) or fan runs at maximal speed (0). Can be + toggled in software. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c88375a537a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/adc +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of an A/D Converter. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/ereset +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of an external reset. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/id +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Product ID of the TS board. TS-5500 ID is 0x60. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/jumpers +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Bitfield showing the jumpers' state. If a jumper is present, + the corresponding bit is set. For instance, 0x0e means jumpers + 2, 3 and 4 are set. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/rs485 +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of the RS485 option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/sram +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of the SRAM option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power index dcff4d0623ad..205a73878441 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /sys/power/ Date: August 2006 -Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> Description: The /sys/power directory will contain files that will provide a unified interface to the power management @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/power/state Date: August 2006 -Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> Description: The /sys/power/state file controls the system power state. Reading from this file returns what states are supported, @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/power/disk Date: September 2006 -Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> Description: The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/power/image_size Date: August 2006 -Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> Description: The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism. It can be written a @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/power/pm_trace Date: August 2006 -Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> Description: The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can @@ -99,5 +99,148 @@ Description: dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches' + If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false + positives), it is possible that the last PM event point + referred to a device created by a loadable kernel module. In + this case cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match (see below) after + your system is started up and the kernel modules are loaded. + CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS) clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume. + +What; /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match +Date: October 2010 +Contact: James Hogan <james@albanarts.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match file contains the name of the + device associated with the last PM event point saved in the RTC + across reboots when pm_trace has been used. More precisely it + contains the list of current devices (including those + registered by loadable kernel modules since boot) which match + the device hash in the RTC at boot, with a newline after each + one. + + The advantage of this file over the hash matches printed to the + kernel log (see /sys/power/pm_trace), is that it includes + devices created after boot by loadable kernel modules. + + Due to the small hash size necessary to fit in the RTC, it is + possible that more than one device matches the hash, in which + case further investigation is required to determine which + device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock + values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still + match a device and output it's name here. + +What: /sys/power/pm_async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the + user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume + of devices. If enabled, this feature will cause some device + drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel + with each other and with the main suspend thread. It is enabled + if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be + disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices + will be suspended and resumed synchronously. + +What: /sys/power/wakeup_count +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the + system into a sleep state while taking into account the + concurrent arrival of wakeup events. Reading from it returns + the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if + some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is + read from. Writing to it will only succeed if the current + number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if + successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition + to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the + write has returned. + +What: /sys/power/reserved_size +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/reserved_size file allows user space to control + the amount of memory reserved for allocations made by device + drivers during the "device freeze" stage of hibernation. It can + be written a string representing a non-negative integer that + will be used as the amount of memory to reserve for allocations + made by device drivers' "freeze" callbacks, in bytes. + + Reading from this file will display the current value, which is + set to 1 MB by default. + +What: /sys/power/autosleep +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/autosleep file can be written one of the strings + returned by reads from /sys/power/state. If that happens, a + work item attempting to trigger a transition of the system to + the sleep state represented by that string is queued up. This + attempt will only succeed if there are no active wakeup sources + in the system at that time. After every execution, regardless + of whether or not the attempt to put the system to sleep has + succeeded, the work item requeues itself until user space + writes "off" to /sys/power/autosleep. + + Reading from this file causes the last string successfully + written to it to be returned. + +What: /sys/power/wake_lock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_lock file allows user space to create + wakeup source objects and activate them on demand (if one of + those wakeup sources is active, reads from the + /sys/power/wakeup_count file block or return false). When a + string without white space is written to /sys/power/wake_lock, + it will be assumed to represent a wakeup source name. If there + is a wakeup source object with that name, it will be activated + (unless active already). Otherwise, a new wakeup source object + will be registered, assigned the given name and activated. + If a string written to /sys/power/wake_lock contains white + space, the part of the string preceding the white space will be + regarded as a wakeup source name and handled as descrived above. + The other part of the string will be regarded as a timeout (in + nanoseconds) such that the wakeup source will be automatically + deactivated after it has expired. The timeout, if present, is + set regardless of the current state of the wakeup source object + in question. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of it that are active at + the moment, separated with spaces. + + +What: /sys/power/wake_unlock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_unlock file allows user space to deactivate + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock. + When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be + assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate. + If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at + the moment, it will be deactivated. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock + that are inactive at the moment, separated with spaces. + +What: /sys/power/pm_print_times +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Sameer Nanda <snanda@chromium.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_print_times file allows user space to + control whether the time taken by devices to suspend and + resume is printed. These prints are useful for hunting down + devices that take too long to suspend or resume. + + Writing a "1" enables this printing while writing a "0" + disables it. The default value is "0". Reading from this file + will display the current value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling index b02d8b8c173a..8a8e466eb2c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -What: /sys/kernel/profile +What: /sys/kernel/profiling Date: September 2008 Contact: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Description: - /sys/kernel/profile is the runtime equivalent + /sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent of the boot-time profile= option. You can get the same effect running: - echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profile + echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot command line. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..05aeedf17794 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +What: /sys/class/ptp/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains files and directories + providing a standardized interface to the ancillary + features of PTP hardware clocks. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains the attributes of the Nth PTP + hardware clock registered into the PTP class driver + subsystem. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/clock_name +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the name of the PTP hardware clock + as a human readable string. The purpose of this + attribute is to provide the user with a "friendly + name" and to help distinguish PHY based devices from + MAC based ones. The string does not necessarily have + to be any kind of unique id. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/max_adjustment +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the PTP hardware clock's maximum + frequency adjustment value (a positive integer) in + parts per billion. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_alarms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of periodic or one shot + alarms offer by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_external_timestamps +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of external timestamp + channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_periodic_outputs +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of programmable periodic + output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_avaiable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file indicates whether the PTP hardware clock + supports a Pulse Per Second to the host CPU. Reading + "1" means that the PPS is supported, while "0" means + not supported. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/extts_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables external + timestamps. To enable external timestamps, write the + channel index followed by a "1" into the file. + To disable external timestamps, write the channel + index followed by a "0" into the file. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/fifo +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file provides timestamps on external events, in + the form of three integers: channel index, seconds, + and nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/period +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables periodic + outputs. To enable a periodic output, write five + integers into the file: channel index, start time + seconds, start time nanoseconds, period seconds, and + period nanoseconds. To disable a periodic output, set + all the seconds and nanoseconds values to zero. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables delivery of + PPS events to the Linux PPS subsystem. To enable PPS + events, write a "1" into the file. To disable events, + write a "0" into the file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ad22fb0ee765 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +What: /sys/class/tty/console/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: + Shows the list of currently configured + console devices, like 'tty1 ttyS0'. + The last entry in the file is the active + device connected to /dev/console. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/tty0/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: + Shows the currently active virtual console + device, like 'tty1'. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/uartclk +Date: Sep 2012 +Contact: Tomas Hlavacek <tmshlvck@gmail.com> +Description: + Shows the current uartclk value associated with the + UART port in serial_core, that is bound to TTY like ttyS0. + uartclk = 16 * baud_base + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty type for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/line +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty line number for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/port +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty port I/O address for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/irq +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current primary interrupt for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/flags +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the tty port status flags for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/xmit_fifo_size +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the transmit FIFO size for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/close_delay +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the closing delay time for this port in ms. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/closing_wait +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the close wait time for this port in ms. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/custom_divisor +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the custom divisor if any that is set on this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/io_type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the I/O type that is to be used with the iomem base + address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_base +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The I/O memory base for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_reg_shift +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the register shift indicating the spacing to be used + for accesses on this iomem address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. diff --git a/Documentation/Changes b/Documentation/Changes index 6d0f1efc5bf6..b17580885273 100644 --- a/Documentation/Changes +++ b/Documentation/Changes @@ -2,13 +2,7 @@ Intro ===== This document is designed to provide a list of the minimum levels of -software necessary to run the 2.6 kernels, as well as provide brief -instructions regarding any other "Gotchas" users may encounter when -trying life on the Bleeding Edge. If upgrading from a pre-2.4.x -kernel, please consult the Changes file included with 2.4.x kernels for -additional information; most of that information will not be repeated -here. Basically, this document assumes that your system is already -functional and running at least 2.4.x kernels. +software necessary to run the 3.0 kernels. This document is originally based on my "Changes" file for 2.0.x kernels and therefore owes credit to the same people as that file (Jared Mauch, @@ -22,11 +16,10 @@ Upgrade to at *least* these software revisions before thinking you've encountered a bug! If you're unsure what version you're currently running, the suggested command should tell you. -Again, keep in mind that this list assumes you are already -functionally running a Linux 2.4 kernel. Also, not all tools are -necessary on all systems; obviously, if you don't have any ISDN -hardware, for example, you probably needn't concern yourself with -isdn4k-utils. +Again, keep in mind that this list assumes you are already functionally +running a Linux kernel. Also, not all tools are necessary on all +systems; obviously, if you don't have any ISDN hardware, for example, +you probably needn't concern yourself with isdn4k-utils. o Gnu C 3.2 # gcc --version o Gnu make 3.80 # make --version @@ -35,7 +28,7 @@ o util-linux 2.10o # fdformat --version o module-init-tools 0.9.10 # depmod -V o e2fsprogs 1.41.4 # e2fsck -V o jfsutils 1.1.3 # fsck.jfs -V -o reiserfsprogs 3.6.3 # reiserfsck -V 2>&1|grep reiserfsprogs +o reiserfsprogs 3.6.3 # reiserfsck -V o xfsprogs 2.6.0 # xfs_db -V o squashfs-tools 4.0 # mksquashfs -version o btrfs-progs 0.18 # btrfsck @@ -46,9 +39,11 @@ o isdn4k-utils 3.1pre1 # isdnctrl 2>&1|grep version o nfs-utils 1.0.5 # showmount --version o procps 3.2.0 # ps --version o oprofile 0.9 # oprofiled --version -o udev 081 # udevinfo -V -o grub 0.93 # grub --version -o mcelog 0.6 +o udev 081 # udevd --version +o grub 0.93 # grub --version || grub-install --version +o mcelog 0.6 # mcelog --version +o iptables 1.4.2 # iptables -V + Kernel compilation ================== @@ -112,12 +107,12 @@ Ksymoops If the unthinkable happens and your kernel oopses, you may need the ksymoops tool to decode it, but in most cases you don't. -In the 2.6 kernel it is generally preferred to build the kernel with -CONFIG_KALLSYMS so that it produces readable dumps that can be used as-is -(this also produces better output than ksymoops). -If for some reason your kernel is not build with CONFIG_KALLSYMS and -you have no way to rebuild and reproduce the Oops with that option, then -you can still decode that Oops with ksymoops. +It is generally preferred to build the kernel with CONFIG_KALLSYMS so +that it produces readable dumps that can be used as-is (this also +produces better output than ksymoops). If for some reason your kernel +is not build with CONFIG_KALLSYMS and you have no way to rebuild and +reproduce the Oops with that option, then you can still decode that Oops +with ksymoops. Module-Init-Tools ----------------- @@ -259,8 +254,8 @@ needs to be recompiled or (preferably) upgraded. NFS-utils --------- -In 2.4 and earlier kernels, the nfs server needed to know about any -client that expected to be able to access files via NFS. This +In ancient (2.4 and earlier) kernels, the nfs server needed to know +about any client that expected to be able to access files via NFS. This information would be given to the kernel by "mountd" when the client mounted the filesystem, or by "exportfs" at system startup. exportfs would take information about active clients from /var/lib/nfs/rmtab. @@ -270,11 +265,11 @@ which is not always easy, particularly when trying to implement fail-over. Even when the system is working well, rmtab suffers from getting lots of old entries that never get removed. -With 2.6 we have the option of having the kernel tell mountd when it -gets a request from an unknown host, and mountd can give appropriate -export information to the kernel. This removes the dependency on -rmtab and means that the kernel only needs to know about currently -active clients. +With modern kernels we have the option of having the kernel tell mountd +when it gets a request from an unknown host, and mountd can give +appropriate export information to the kernel. This removes the +dependency on rmtab and means that the kernel only needs to know about +currently active clients. To enable this new functionality, you need to: @@ -329,7 +324,7 @@ o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/rusty/modules/> Mkinitrd -------- -o <ftp://rawhide.redhat.com/pub/rawhide/SRPMS/SRPMS/> +o <https://code.launchpad.net/initrd-tools/main> E2fsprogs --------- @@ -341,11 +336,11 @@ o <http://jfs.sourceforge.net/> Reiserfsprogs ------------- -o <http://www.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs/reiserfsprogs-3.6.3.tar.gz> +o <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/fs/reiserfs/> Xfsprogs -------- -o <ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/download/> +o <ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/> Pcmciautils ----------- @@ -385,18 +380,18 @@ o <http://sourceforge.net/projects/fuse> mcelog ------ -o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cpu/mce/mcelog/> +o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cpu/mce/> Networking ********** PPP --- -o <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppp/ppp-2.4.0.tar.gz> +o <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppp/> Isdn4k-utils ------------ -o <ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/utils/isdn4k-utils.v3.1pre1.tar.gz> +o <ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/utils/> NFS-utils --------- diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle index 8bb37237ebd2..7fe0546c504a 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingStyle +++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle @@ -80,22 +80,13 @@ available tools. The limit on the length of lines is 80 columns and this is a strongly preferred limit. -Statements longer than 80 columns will be broken into sensible chunks. -Descendants are always substantially shorter than the parent and are placed -substantially to the right. The same applies to function headers with a long -argument list. Long strings are as well broken into shorter strings. The -only exception to this is where exceeding 80 columns significantly increases -readability and does not hide information. - -void fun(int a, int b, int c) -{ - if (condition) - printk(KERN_WARNING "Warning this is a long printk with " - "3 parameters a: %u b: %u " - "c: %u \n", a, b, c); - else - next_statement; -} +Statements longer than 80 columns will be broken into sensible chunks, unless +exceeding 80 columns significantly increases readability and does not hide +information. Descendants are always substantially shorter than the parent and +are placed substantially to the right. The same applies to function headers +with a long argument list. However, never break user-visible strings such as +printk messages, because that breaks the ability to grep for them. + Chapter 3: Placing Braces and Spaces @@ -168,8 +159,15 @@ Do not unnecessarily use braces where a single statement will do. if (condition) action(); -This does not apply if one branch of a conditional statement is a single -statement. Use braces in both branches. +and + +if (condition) + do_this(); +else + do_that(); + +This does not apply if only one branch of a conditional statement is a single +statement; in the latter case use braces in both branches: if (condition) { do_this(); @@ -391,7 +389,8 @@ Albeit deprecated by some people, the equivalent of the goto statement is used frequently by compilers in form of the unconditional jump instruction. The goto statement comes in handy when a function exits from multiple -locations and some common work such as cleanup has to be done. +locations and some common work such as cleanup has to be done. If there is no +cleanup needed then just return directly. The rationale is: @@ -456,6 +455,16 @@ The preferred style for long (multi-line) comments is: * with beginning and ending almost-blank lines. */ +For files in net/ and drivers/net/ the preferred style for long (multi-line) +comments is a little different. + + /* The preferred comment style for files in net/ and drivers/net + * looks like this. + * + * It is nearly the same as the generally preferred comment style, + * but there is no initial almost-blank line. + */ + It's also important to comment data, whether they are basic types or derived types. To this end, use just one data declaration per line (no commas for multiple data declarations). This leaves you room for a small comment on each @@ -538,15 +547,7 @@ config AUDIT logging of avc messages output). Does not do system-call auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL. -Features that might still be considered unstable should be defined as -dependent on "EXPERIMENTAL": - -config SLUB - depends on EXPERIMENTAL && !ARCH_USES_SLAB_PAGE_STRUCT - bool "SLUB (Unqueued Allocator)" - ... - -while seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain +Seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain filesystems) should advertise this prominently in their prompt string: config ADFS_FS_RW @@ -659,7 +660,7 @@ There are a number of driver model diagnostic macros in <linux/device.h> which you should use to make sure messages are matched to the right device and driver, and are tagged with the right level: dev_err(), dev_warn(), dev_info(), and so forth. For messages that aren't associated with a -particular device, <linux/kernel.h> defines pr_debug() and pr_info(). +particular device, <linux/printk.h> defines pr_debug() and pr_info(). Coming up with good debugging messages can be quite a challenge; and once you have them, they can be a huge help for remote troubleshooting. Such @@ -673,8 +674,9 @@ ones already enabled by DEBUG. Chapter 14: Allocating memory The kernel provides the following general purpose memory allocators: -kmalloc(), kzalloc(), kcalloc(), and vmalloc(). Please refer to the API -documentation for further information about them. +kmalloc(), kzalloc(), kmalloc_array(), kcalloc(), vmalloc(), and +vzalloc(). Please refer to the API documentation for further information +about them. The preferred form for passing a size of a struct is the following: @@ -688,6 +690,17 @@ Casting the return value which is a void pointer is redundant. The conversion from void pointer to any other pointer type is guaranteed by the C programming language. +The preferred form for allocating an array is the following: + + p = kmalloc_array(n, sizeof(...), ...); + +The preferred form for allocating a zeroed array is the following: + + p = kcalloc(n, sizeof(...), ...); + +Both forms check for overflow on the allocation size n * sizeof(...), +and return NULL if that occurred. + Chapter 15: The inline disease @@ -795,6 +808,35 @@ own custom mode, or may have some other magic method for making indentation work correctly. + Chapter 19: Inline assembly + +In architecture-specific code, you may need to use inline assembly to interface +with CPU or platform functionality. Don't hesitate to do so when necessary. +However, don't use inline assembly gratuitously when C can do the job. You can +and should poke hardware from C when possible. + +Consider writing simple helper functions that wrap common bits of inline +assembly, rather than repeatedly writing them with slight variations. Remember +that inline assembly can use C parameters. + +Large, non-trivial assembly functions should go in .S files, with corresponding +C prototypes defined in C header files. The C prototypes for assembly +functions should use "asmlinkage". + +You may need to mark your asm statement as volatile, to prevent GCC from +removing it if GCC doesn't notice any side effects. You don't always need to +do so, though, and doing so unnecessarily can limit optimization. + +When writing a single inline assembly statement containing multiple +instructions, put each instruction on a separate line in a separate quoted +string, and end each string except the last with \n\t to properly indent the +next instruction in the assembly output: + + asm ("magic %reg1, #42\n\t" + "more_magic %reg2, %reg3" + : /* outputs */ : /* inputs */ : /* clobbers */); + + Appendix I: References @@ -819,6 +861,3 @@ language C, URL: http://www.open-std.org/JTC1/SC22/WG14/ Kernel CodingStyle, by greg@kroah.com at OLS 2002: http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2002_kernel_codingstyle_talk/html/ --- -Last updated on 2007-July-13. - diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..14129f149a75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,908 @@ + Dynamic DMA mapping Guide + ========================= + + David S. Miller <davem@redhat.com> + Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com> + Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> + +This is a guide to device driver writers on how to use the DMA API +with example pseudo-code. For a concise description of the API, see +DMA-API.txt. + +Most of the 64bit platforms have special hardware that translates bus +addresses (DMA addresses) into physical addresses. This is similar to +how page tables and/or a TLB translates virtual addresses to physical +addresses on a CPU. This is needed so that e.g. PCI devices can +access with a Single Address Cycle (32bit DMA address) any page in the +64bit physical address space. Previously in Linux those 64bit +platforms had to set artificial limits on the maximum RAM size in the +system, so that the virt_to_bus() static scheme works (the DMA address +translation tables were simply filled on bootup to map each bus +address to the physical page __pa(bus_to_virt())). + +So that Linux can use the dynamic DMA mapping, it needs some help from the +drivers, namely it has to take into account that DMA addresses should be +mapped only for the time they are actually used and unmapped after the DMA +transfer. + +The following API will work of course even on platforms where no such +hardware exists. + +Note that the DMA API works with any bus independent of the underlying +microprocessor architecture. You should use the DMA API rather than +the bus specific DMA API (e.g. pci_dma_*). + +First of all, you should make sure + +#include <linux/dma-mapping.h> + +is in your driver. This file will obtain for you the definition of the +dma_addr_t (which can hold any valid DMA address for the platform) +type which should be used everywhere you hold a DMA (bus) address +returned from the DMA mapping functions. + + What memory is DMA'able? + +The first piece of information you must know is what kernel memory can +be used with the DMA mapping facilities. There has been an unwritten +set of rules regarding this, and this text is an attempt to finally +write them down. + +If you acquired your memory via the page allocator +(i.e. __get_free_page*()) or the generic memory allocators +(i.e. kmalloc() or kmem_cache_alloc()) then you may DMA to/from +that memory using the addresses returned from those routines. + +This means specifically that you may _not_ use the memory/addresses +returned from vmalloc() for DMA. It is possible to DMA to the +_underlying_ memory mapped into a vmalloc() area, but this requires +walking page tables to get the physical addresses, and then +translating each of those pages back to a kernel address using +something like __va(). [ EDIT: Update this when we integrate +Gerd Knorr's generic code which does this. ] + +This rule also means that you may use neither kernel image addresses +(items in data/text/bss segments), nor module image addresses, nor +stack addresses for DMA. These could all be mapped somewhere entirely +different than the rest of physical memory. Even if those classes of +memory could physically work with DMA, you'd need to ensure the I/O +buffers were cacheline-aligned. Without that, you'd see cacheline +sharing problems (data corruption) on CPUs with DMA-incoherent caches. +(The CPU could write to one word, DMA would write to a different one +in the same cache line, and one of them could be overwritten.) + +Also, this means that you cannot take the return of a kmap() +call and DMA to/from that. This is similar to vmalloc(). + +What about block I/O and networking buffers? The block I/O and +networking subsystems make sure that the buffers they use are valid +for you to DMA from/to. + + DMA addressing limitations + +Does your device have any DMA addressing limitations? For example, is +your device only capable of driving the low order 24-bits of address? +If so, you need to inform the kernel of this fact. + +By default, the kernel assumes that your device can address the full +32-bits. For a 64-bit capable device, this needs to be increased. +And for a device with limitations, as discussed in the previous +paragraph, it needs to be decreased. + +Special note about PCI: PCI-X specification requires PCI-X devices to +support 64-bit addressing (DAC) for all transactions. And at least +one platform (SGI SN2) requires 64-bit consistent allocations to +operate correctly when the IO bus is in PCI-X mode. + +For correct operation, you must interrogate the kernel in your device +probe routine to see if the DMA controller on the machine can properly +support the DMA addressing limitation your device has. It is good +style to do this even if your device holds the default setting, +because this shows that you did think about these issues wrt. your +device. + +The query is performed via a call to dma_set_mask(): + + int dma_set_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask); + +The query for consistent allocations is performed via a call to +dma_set_coherent_mask(): + + int dma_set_coherent_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask); + +Here, dev is a pointer to the device struct of your device, and mask +is a bit mask describing which bits of an address your device +supports. It returns zero if your card can perform DMA properly on +the machine given the address mask you provided. In general, the +device struct of your device is embedded in the bus specific device +struct of your device. For example, a pointer to the device struct of +your PCI device is pdev->dev (pdev is a pointer to the PCI device +struct of your device). + +If it returns non-zero, your device cannot perform DMA properly on +this platform, and attempting to do so will result in undefined +behavior. You must either use a different mask, or not use DMA. + +This means that in the failure case, you have three options: + +1) Use another DMA mask, if possible (see below). +2) Use some non-DMA mode for data transfer, if possible. +3) Ignore this device and do not initialize it. + +It is recommended that your driver print a kernel KERN_WARNING message +when you end up performing either #2 or #3. In this manner, if a user +of your driver reports that performance is bad or that the device is not +even detected, you can ask them for the kernel messages to find out +exactly why. + +The standard 32-bit addressing device would do something like this: + + if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { + printk(KERN_WARNING + "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n"); + goto ignore_this_device; + } + +Another common scenario is a 64-bit capable device. The approach here +is to try for 64-bit addressing, but back down to a 32-bit mask that +should not fail. The kernel may fail the 64-bit mask not because the +platform is not capable of 64-bit addressing. Rather, it may fail in +this case simply because 32-bit addressing is done more efficiently +than 64-bit addressing. For example, Sparc64 PCI SAC addressing is +more efficient than DAC addressing. + +Here is how you would handle a 64-bit capable device which can drive +all 64-bits when accessing streaming DMA: + + int using_dac; + + if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) { + using_dac = 1; + } else if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { + using_dac = 0; + } else { + printk(KERN_WARNING + "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n"); + goto ignore_this_device; + } + +If a card is capable of using 64-bit consistent allocations as well, +the case would look like this: + + int using_dac, consistent_using_dac; + + if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) { + using_dac = 1; + consistent_using_dac = 1; + dma_set_coherent_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64)); + } else if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { + using_dac = 0; + consistent_using_dac = 0; + dma_set_coherent_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32)); + } else { + printk(KERN_WARNING + "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n"); + goto ignore_this_device; + } + +dma_set_coherent_mask() will always be able to set the same or a +smaller mask as dma_set_mask(). However for the rare case that a +device driver only uses consistent allocations, one would have to +check the return value from dma_set_coherent_mask(). + +Finally, if your device can only drive the low 24-bits of +address you might do something like: + + if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(24))) { + printk(KERN_WARNING + "mydev: 24-bit DMA addressing not available.\n"); + goto ignore_this_device; + } + +When dma_set_mask() is successful, and returns zero, the kernel saves +away this mask you have provided. The kernel will use this +information later when you make DMA mappings. + +There is a case which we are aware of at this time, which is worth +mentioning in this documentation. If your device supports multiple +functions (for example a sound card provides playback and record +functions) and the various different functions have _different_ +DMA addressing limitations, you may wish to probe each mask and +only provide the functionality which the machine can handle. It +is important that the last call to dma_set_mask() be for the +most specific mask. + +Here is pseudo-code showing how this might be done: + + #define PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS DMA_BIT_MASK(32) + #define RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS DMA_BIT_MASK(24) + + struct my_sound_card *card; + struct device *dev; + + ... + if (!dma_set_mask(dev, PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS)) { + card->playback_enabled = 1; + } else { + card->playback_enabled = 0; + printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: Playback disabled due to DMA limitations.\n", + card->name); + } + if (!dma_set_mask(dev, RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS)) { + card->record_enabled = 1; + } else { + card->record_enabled = 0; + printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: Record disabled due to DMA limitations.\n", + card->name); + } + +A sound card was used as an example here because this genre of PCI +devices seems to be littered with ISA chips given a PCI front end, +and thus retaining the 16MB DMA addressing limitations of ISA. + + Types of DMA mappings + +There are two types of DMA mappings: + +- Consistent DMA mappings which are usually mapped at driver + initialization, unmapped at the end and for which the hardware should + guarantee that the device and the CPU can access the data + in parallel and will see updates made by each other without any + explicit software flushing. + + Think of "consistent" as "synchronous" or "coherent". + + The current default is to return consistent memory in the low 32 + bits of the bus space. However, for future compatibility you should + set the consistent mask even if this default is fine for your + driver. + + Good examples of what to use consistent mappings for are: + + - Network card DMA ring descriptors. + - SCSI adapter mailbox command data structures. + - Device firmware microcode executed out of + main memory. + + The invariant these examples all require is that any CPU store + to memory is immediately visible to the device, and vice + versa. Consistent mappings guarantee this. + + IMPORTANT: Consistent DMA memory does not preclude the usage of + proper memory barriers. The CPU may reorder stores to + consistent memory just as it may normal memory. Example: + if it is important for the device to see the first word + of a descriptor updated before the second, you must do + something like: + + desc->word0 = address; + wmb(); + desc->word1 = DESC_VALID; + + in order to get correct behavior on all platforms. + + Also, on some platforms your driver may need to flush CPU write + buffers in much the same way as it needs to flush write buffers + found in PCI bridges (such as by reading a register's value + after writing it). + +- Streaming DMA mappings which are usually mapped for one DMA + transfer, unmapped right after it (unless you use dma_sync_* below) + and for which hardware can optimize for sequential accesses. + + This of "streaming" as "asynchronous" or "outside the coherency + domain". + + Good examples of what to use streaming mappings for are: + + - Networking buffers transmitted/received by a device. + - Filesystem buffers written/read by a SCSI device. + + The interfaces for using this type of mapping were designed in + such a way that an implementation can make whatever performance + optimizations the hardware allows. To this end, when using + such mappings you must be explicit about what you want to happen. + +Neither type of DMA mapping has alignment restrictions that come from +the underlying bus, although some devices may have such restrictions. +Also, systems with caches that aren't DMA-coherent will work better +when the underlying buffers don't share cache lines with other data. + + + Using Consistent DMA mappings. + +To allocate and map large (PAGE_SIZE or so) consistent DMA regions, +you should do: + + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + + cpu_addr = dma_alloc_coherent(dev, size, &dma_handle, gfp); + +where device is a struct device *. This may be called in interrupt +context with the GFP_ATOMIC flag. + +Size is the length of the region you want to allocate, in bytes. + +This routine will allocate RAM for that region, so it acts similarly to +__get_free_pages (but takes size instead of a page order). If your +driver needs regions sized smaller than a page, you may prefer using +the dma_pool interface, described below. + +The consistent DMA mapping interfaces, for non-NULL dev, will by +default return a DMA address which is 32-bit addressable. Even if the +device indicates (via DMA mask) that it may address the upper 32-bits, +consistent allocation will only return > 32-bit addresses for DMA if +the consistent DMA mask has been explicitly changed via +dma_set_coherent_mask(). This is true of the dma_pool interface as +well. + +dma_alloc_coherent returns two values: the virtual address which you +can use to access it from the CPU and dma_handle which you pass to the +card. + +The cpu return address and the DMA bus master address are both +guaranteed to be aligned to the smallest PAGE_SIZE order which +is greater than or equal to the requested size. This invariant +exists (for example) to guarantee that if you allocate a chunk +which is smaller than or equal to 64 kilobytes, the extent of the +buffer you receive will not cross a 64K boundary. + +To unmap and free such a DMA region, you call: + + dma_free_coherent(dev, size, cpu_addr, dma_handle); + +where dev, size are the same as in the above call and cpu_addr and +dma_handle are the values dma_alloc_coherent returned to you. +This function may not be called in interrupt context. + +If your driver needs lots of smaller memory regions, you can write +custom code to subdivide pages returned by dma_alloc_coherent, +or you can use the dma_pool API to do that. A dma_pool is like +a kmem_cache, but it uses dma_alloc_coherent not __get_free_pages. +Also, it understands common hardware constraints for alignment, +like queue heads needing to be aligned on N byte boundaries. + +Create a dma_pool like this: + + struct dma_pool *pool; + + pool = dma_pool_create(name, dev, size, align, alloc); + +The "name" is for diagnostics (like a kmem_cache name); dev and size +are as above. The device's hardware alignment requirement for this +type of data is "align" (which is expressed in bytes, and must be a +power of two). If your device has no boundary crossing restrictions, +pass 0 for alloc; passing 4096 says memory allocated from this pool +must not cross 4KByte boundaries (but at that time it may be better to +go for dma_alloc_coherent directly instead). + +Allocate memory from a dma pool like this: + + cpu_addr = dma_pool_alloc(pool, flags, &dma_handle); + +flags are SLAB_KERNEL if blocking is permitted (not in_interrupt nor +holding SMP locks), SLAB_ATOMIC otherwise. Like dma_alloc_coherent, +this returns two values, cpu_addr and dma_handle. + +Free memory that was allocated from a dma_pool like this: + + dma_pool_free(pool, cpu_addr, dma_handle); + +where pool is what you passed to dma_pool_alloc, and cpu_addr and +dma_handle are the values dma_pool_alloc returned. This function +may be called in interrupt context. + +Destroy a dma_pool by calling: + + dma_pool_destroy(pool); + +Make sure you've called dma_pool_free for all memory allocated +from a pool before you destroy the pool. This function may not +be called in interrupt context. + + DMA Direction + +The interfaces described in subsequent portions of this document +take a DMA direction argument, which is an integer and takes on +one of the following values: + + DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL + DMA_TO_DEVICE + DMA_FROM_DEVICE + DMA_NONE + +One should provide the exact DMA direction if you know it. + +DMA_TO_DEVICE means "from main memory to the device" +DMA_FROM_DEVICE means "from the device to main memory" +It is the direction in which the data moves during the DMA +transfer. + +You are _strongly_ encouraged to specify this as precisely +as you possibly can. + +If you absolutely cannot know the direction of the DMA transfer, +specify DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL. It means that the DMA can go in +either direction. The platform guarantees that you may legally +specify this, and that it will work, but this may be at the +cost of performance for example. + +The value DMA_NONE is to be used for debugging. One can +hold this in a data structure before you come to know the +precise direction, and this will help catch cases where your +direction tracking logic has failed to set things up properly. + +Another advantage of specifying this value precisely (outside of +potential platform-specific optimizations of such) is for debugging. +Some platforms actually have a write permission boolean which DMA +mappings can be marked with, much like page protections in the user +program address space. Such platforms can and do report errors in the +kernel logs when the DMA controller hardware detects violation of the +permission setting. + +Only streaming mappings specify a direction, consistent mappings +implicitly have a direction attribute setting of +DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL. + +The SCSI subsystem tells you the direction to use in the +'sc_data_direction' member of the SCSI command your driver is +working on. + +For Networking drivers, it's a rather simple affair. For transmit +packets, map/unmap them with the DMA_TO_DEVICE direction +specifier. For receive packets, just the opposite, map/unmap them +with the DMA_FROM_DEVICE direction specifier. + + Using Streaming DMA mappings + +The streaming DMA mapping routines can be called from interrupt +context. There are two versions of each map/unmap, one which will +map/unmap a single memory region, and one which will map/unmap a +scatterlist. + +To map a single region, you do: + + struct device *dev = &my_dev->dev; + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + void *addr = buffer->ptr; + size_t size = buffer->len; + + dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dma_handle)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + +and to unmap it: + + dma_unmap_single(dev, dma_handle, size, direction); + +You should call dma_mapping_error() as dma_map_single() could fail and return +error. Not all dma implementations support dma_mapping_error() interface. +However, it is a good practice to call dma_mapping_error() interface, which +will invoke the generic mapping error check interface. Doing so will ensure +that the mapping code will work correctly on all dma implementations without +any dependency on the specifics of the underlying implementation. Using the +returned address without checking for errors could result in failures ranging +from panics to silent data corruption. A couple of examples of incorrect ways +to check for errors that make assumptions about the underlying dma +implementation are as follows and these are applicable to dma_map_page() as +well. + +Incorrect example 1: + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + + dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if ((dma_handle & 0xffff != 0) || (dma_handle >= 0x1000000)) { + goto map_error; + } + +Incorrect example 2: + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + + dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_handle == DMA_ERROR_CODE) { + goto map_error; + } + +You should call dma_unmap_single when the DMA activity is finished, e.g. +from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done. + +Using cpu pointers like this for single mappings has a disadvantage, +you cannot reference HIGHMEM memory in this way. Thus, there is a +map/unmap interface pair akin to dma_{map,unmap}_single. These +interfaces deal with page/offset pairs instead of cpu pointers. +Specifically: + + struct device *dev = &my_dev->dev; + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + struct page *page = buffer->page; + unsigned long offset = buffer->offset; + size_t size = buffer->len; + + dma_handle = dma_map_page(dev, page, offset, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dma_handle)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + + ... + + dma_unmap_page(dev, dma_handle, size, direction); + +Here, "offset" means byte offset within the given page. + +You should call dma_mapping_error() as dma_map_page() could fail and return +error as outlined under the dma_map_single() discussion. + +You should call dma_unmap_page when the DMA activity is finished, e.g. +from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done. + +With scatterlists, you map a region gathered from several regions by: + + int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction); + struct scatterlist *sg; + + for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) { + hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg); + hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg); + } + +where nents is the number of entries in the sglist. + +The implementation is free to merge several consecutive sglist entries +into one (e.g. if DMA mapping is done with PAGE_SIZE granularity, any +consecutive sglist entries can be merged into one provided the first one +ends and the second one starts on a page boundary - in fact this is a huge +advantage for cards which either cannot do scatter-gather or have very +limited number of scatter-gather entries) and returns the actual number +of sg entries it mapped them to. On failure 0 is returned. + +Then you should loop count times (note: this can be less than nents times) +and use sg_dma_address() and sg_dma_len() macros where you previously +accessed sg->address and sg->length as shown above. + +To unmap a scatterlist, just call: + + dma_unmap_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction); + +Again, make sure DMA activity has already finished. + +PLEASE NOTE: The 'nents' argument to the dma_unmap_sg call must be + the _same_ one you passed into the dma_map_sg call, + it should _NOT_ be the 'count' value _returned_ from the + dma_map_sg call. + +Every dma_map_{single,sg} call should have its dma_unmap_{single,sg} +counterpart, because the bus address space is a shared resource (although +in some ports the mapping is per each BUS so less devices contend for the +same bus address space) and you could render the machine unusable by eating +all bus addresses. + +If you need to use the same streaming DMA region multiple times and touch +the data in between the DMA transfers, the buffer needs to be synced +properly in order for the cpu and device to see the most uptodate and +correct copy of the DMA buffer. + +So, firstly, just map it with dma_map_{single,sg}, and after each DMA +transfer call either: + + dma_sync_single_for_cpu(dev, dma_handle, size, direction); + +or: + + dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(dev, sglist, nents, direction); + +as appropriate. + +Then, if you wish to let the device get at the DMA area again, +finish accessing the data with the cpu, and then before actually +giving the buffer to the hardware call either: + + dma_sync_single_for_device(dev, dma_handle, size, direction); + +or: + + dma_sync_sg_for_device(dev, sglist, nents, direction); + +as appropriate. + +After the last DMA transfer call one of the DMA unmap routines +dma_unmap_{single,sg}. If you don't touch the data from the first dma_map_* +call till dma_unmap_*, then you don't have to call the dma_sync_* +routines at all. + +Here is pseudo code which shows a situation in which you would need +to use the dma_sync_*() interfaces. + + my_card_setup_receive_buffer(struct my_card *cp, char *buffer, int len) + { + dma_addr_t mapping; + + mapping = dma_map_single(cp->dev, buffer, len, DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + if (dma_mapping_error(dma_handle)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + + cp->rx_buf = buffer; + cp->rx_len = len; + cp->rx_dma = mapping; + + give_rx_buf_to_card(cp); + } + + ... + + my_card_interrupt_handler(int irq, void *devid, struct pt_regs *regs) + { + struct my_card *cp = devid; + + ... + if (read_card_status(cp) == RX_BUF_TRANSFERRED) { + struct my_card_header *hp; + + /* Examine the header to see if we wish + * to accept the data. But synchronize + * the DMA transfer with the CPU first + * so that we see updated contents. + */ + dma_sync_single_for_cpu(&cp->dev, cp->rx_dma, + cp->rx_len, + DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + + /* Now it is safe to examine the buffer. */ + hp = (struct my_card_header *) cp->rx_buf; + if (header_is_ok(hp)) { + dma_unmap_single(&cp->dev, cp->rx_dma, cp->rx_len, + DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + pass_to_upper_layers(cp->rx_buf); + make_and_setup_new_rx_buf(cp); + } else { + /* CPU should not write to + * DMA_FROM_DEVICE-mapped area, + * so dma_sync_single_for_device() is + * not needed here. It would be required + * for DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL mapping if + * the memory was modified. + */ + give_rx_buf_to_card(cp); + } + } + } + +Drivers converted fully to this interface should not use virt_to_bus any +longer, nor should they use bus_to_virt. Some drivers have to be changed a +little bit, because there is no longer an equivalent to bus_to_virt in the +dynamic DMA mapping scheme - you have to always store the DMA addresses +returned by the dma_alloc_coherent, dma_pool_alloc, and dma_map_single +calls (dma_map_sg stores them in the scatterlist itself if the platform +supports dynamic DMA mapping in hardware) in your driver structures and/or +in the card registers. + +All drivers should be using these interfaces with no exceptions. It +is planned to completely remove virt_to_bus() and bus_to_virt() as +they are entirely deprecated. Some ports already do not provide these +as it is impossible to correctly support them. + + Handling Errors + +DMA address space is limited on some architectures and an allocation +failure can be determined by: + +- checking if dma_alloc_coherent returns NULL or dma_map_sg returns 0 + +- checking the returned dma_addr_t of dma_map_single and dma_map_page + by using dma_mapping_error(): + + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + + dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + +- unmap pages that are already mapped, when mapping error occurs in the middle + of a multiple page mapping attempt. These example are applicable to + dma_map_page() as well. + +Example 1: + dma_addr_t dma_handle1; + dma_addr_t dma_handle2; + + dma_handle1 = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle1)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling1; + } + dma_handle2 = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle2)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling2; + } + + ... + + map_error_handling2: + dma_unmap_single(dma_handle1); + map_error_handling1: + +Example 2: (if buffers are allocated in a loop, unmap all mapped buffers when + mapping error is detected in the middle) + + dma_addr_t dma_addr; + dma_addr_t array[DMA_BUFFERS]; + int save_index = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < DMA_BUFFERS; i++) { + + ... + + dma_addr = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_addr)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + array[i].dma_addr = dma_addr; + save_index++; + } + + ... + + map_error_handling: + + for (i = 0; i < save_index; i++) { + + ... + + dma_unmap_single(array[i].dma_addr); + } + +Networking drivers must call dev_kfree_skb to free the socket buffer +and return NETDEV_TX_OK if the DMA mapping fails on the transmit hook +(ndo_start_xmit). This means that the socket buffer is just dropped in +the failure case. + +SCSI drivers must return SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY if the DMA mapping +fails in the queuecommand hook. This means that the SCSI subsystem +passes the command to the driver again later. + + Optimizing Unmap State Space Consumption + +On many platforms, dma_unmap_{single,page}() is simply a nop. +Therefore, keeping track of the mapping address and length is a waste +of space. Instead of filling your drivers up with ifdefs and the like +to "work around" this (which would defeat the whole purpose of a +portable API) the following facilities are provided. + +Actually, instead of describing the macros one by one, we'll +transform some example code. + +1) Use DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_{ADDR,LEN} in state saving structures. + Example, before: + + struct ring_state { + struct sk_buff *skb; + dma_addr_t mapping; + __u32 len; + }; + + after: + + struct ring_state { + struct sk_buff *skb; + DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR(mapping); + DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_LEN(len); + }; + +2) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len}_set to set these values. + Example, before: + + ringp->mapping = FOO; + ringp->len = BAR; + + after: + + dma_unmap_addr_set(ringp, mapping, FOO); + dma_unmap_len_set(ringp, len, BAR); + +3) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len} to access these values. + Example, before: + + dma_unmap_single(dev, ringp->mapping, ringp->len, + DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + + after: + + dma_unmap_single(dev, + dma_unmap_addr(ringp, mapping), + dma_unmap_len(ringp, len), + DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + +It really should be self-explanatory. We treat the ADDR and LEN +separately, because it is possible for an implementation to only +need the address in order to perform the unmap operation. + + Platform Issues + +If you are just writing drivers for Linux and do not maintain +an architecture port for the kernel, you can safely skip down +to "Closing". + +1) Struct scatterlist requirements. + + Don't invent the architecture specific struct scatterlist; just use + <asm-generic/scatterlist.h>. You need to enable + CONFIG_NEED_SG_DMA_LENGTH if the architecture supports IOMMUs + (including software IOMMU). + +2) ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN + + Architectures must ensure that kmalloc'ed buffer is + DMA-safe. Drivers and subsystems depend on it. If an architecture + isn't fully DMA-coherent (i.e. hardware doesn't ensure that data in + the CPU cache is identical to data in main memory), + ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN must be set so that the memory allocator + makes sure that kmalloc'ed buffer doesn't share a cache line with + the others. See arch/arm/include/asm/cache.h as an example. + + Note that ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN is about DMA memory alignment + constraints. You don't need to worry about the architecture data + alignment constraints (e.g. the alignment constraints about 64-bit + objects). + +3) Supporting multiple types of IOMMUs + + If your architecture needs to support multiple types of IOMMUs, you + can use include/linux/asm-generic/dma-mapping-common.h. It's a + library to support the DMA API with multiple types of IOMMUs. Lots + of architectures (x86, powerpc, sh, alpha, ia64, microblaze and + sparc) use it. Choose one to see how it can be used. If you need to + support multiple types of IOMMUs in a single system, the example of + x86 or powerpc helps. + + Closing + +This document, and the API itself, would not be in its current +form without the feedback and suggestions from numerous individuals. +We would like to specifically mention, in no particular order, the +following people: + + Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk> + Leo Dagum <dagum@barrel.engr.sgi.com> + Ralf Baechle <ralf@oss.sgi.com> + Grant Grundler <grundler@cup.hp.com> + Jay Estabrook <Jay.Estabrook@compaq.com> + Thomas Sailer <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch> + Andrea Arcangeli <andrea@suse.de> + Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> + David Mosberger-Tang <davidm@hpl.hp.com> diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt index 5aceb88b3f8b..78a6c569d204 100644 --- a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt +++ b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt @@ -4,20 +4,18 @@ James E.J. Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com> This document describes the DMA API. For a more gentle introduction -phrased in terms of the pci_ equivalents (and actual examples) see -Documentation/PCI/PCI-DMA-mapping.txt. +of the API (and actual examples) see +Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt. -This API is split into two pieces. Part I describes the API and the -corresponding pci_ API. Part II describes the extensions to the API -for supporting non-consistent memory machines. Unless you know that -your driver absolutely has to support non-consistent platforms (this -is usually only legacy platforms) you should only use the API -described in part I. +This API is split into two pieces. Part I describes the API. Part II +describes the extensions to the API for supporting non-consistent +memory machines. Unless you know that your driver absolutely has to +support non-consistent platforms (this is usually only legacy +platforms) you should only use the API described in part I. -Part I - pci_ and dma_ Equivalent API +Part I - dma_ API ------------------------------------- -To get the pci_ API, you must #include <linux/pci.h> To get the dma_ API, you must #include <linux/dma-mapping.h> @@ -27,9 +25,6 @@ Part Ia - Using large dma-coherent buffers void * dma_alloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag) -void * -pci_alloc_consistent(struct pci_dev *dev, size_t size, - dma_addr_t *dma_handle) Consistent memory is memory for which a write by either the device or the processor can immediately be read by the processor or device @@ -53,15 +48,18 @@ The simplest way to do that is to use the dma_pool calls (see below). The flag parameter (dma_alloc_coherent only) allows the caller to specify the GFP_ flags (see kmalloc) for the allocation (the implementation may choose to ignore flags that affect the location of -the returned memory, like GFP_DMA). For pci_alloc_consistent, you -must assume GFP_ATOMIC behaviour. +the returned memory, like GFP_DMA). + +void * +dma_zalloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, + dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag) + +Wraps dma_alloc_coherent() and also zeroes the returned memory if the +allocation attempt succeeded. void dma_free_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr, dma_addr_t dma_handle) -void -pci_free_consistent(struct pci_dev *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr, - dma_addr_t dma_handle) Free the region of consistent memory you previously allocated. dev, size and dma_handle must all be the same as those passed into the @@ -89,10 +87,6 @@ for alignment, like queue heads needing to be aligned on N-byte boundaries. dma_pool_create(const char *name, struct device *dev, size_t size, size_t align, size_t alloc); - struct pci_pool * - pci_pool_create(const char *name, struct pci_device *dev, - size_t size, size_t align, size_t alloc); - The pool create() routines initialize a pool of dma-coherent buffers for use with a given device. It must be called in a context which can sleep. @@ -108,9 +102,6 @@ from this pool must not cross 4KByte boundaries. void *dma_pool_alloc(struct dma_pool *pool, gfp_t gfp_flags, dma_addr_t *dma_handle); - void *pci_pool_alloc(struct pci_pool *pool, gfp_t gfp_flags, - dma_addr_t *dma_handle); - This allocates memory from the pool; the returned memory will meet the size and alignment requirements specified at creation time. Pass GFP_ATOMIC to prevent blocking, or if it's permitted (not in_interrupt, not holding SMP locks), @@ -122,9 +113,6 @@ pool's device. void dma_pool_free(struct dma_pool *pool, void *vaddr, dma_addr_t addr); - void pci_pool_free(struct pci_pool *pool, void *vaddr, - dma_addr_t addr); - This puts memory back into the pool. The pool is what was passed to the pool allocation routine; the cpu (vaddr) and dma addresses are what were returned when that routine allocated the memory being freed. @@ -132,8 +120,6 @@ were returned when that routine allocated the memory being freed. void dma_pool_destroy(struct dma_pool *pool); - void pci_pool_destroy(struct pci_pool *pool); - The pool destroy() routines free the resources of the pool. They must be called in a context which can sleep. Make sure you've freed all allocated memory back to the pool before you destroy it. @@ -144,8 +130,6 @@ Part Ic - DMA addressing limitations int dma_supported(struct device *dev, u64 mask) -int -pci_dma_supported(struct pci_dev *hwdev, u64 mask) Checks to see if the device can support DMA to the memory described by mask. @@ -159,8 +143,14 @@ driver writers. int dma_set_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask) + +Checks to see if the mask is possible and updates the device +parameters if it is. + +Returns: 0 if successful and a negative error if not. + int -pci_set_dma_mask(struct pci_device *dev, u64 mask) +dma_set_coherent_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask) Checks to see if the mask is possible and updates the device parameters if it is. @@ -187,9 +177,6 @@ Part Id - Streaming DMA mappings dma_addr_t dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction direction) -dma_addr_t -pci_map_single(struct pci_dev *hwdev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size, - int direction) Maps a piece of processor virtual memory so it can be accessed by the device and returns the physical handle of the memory. @@ -198,14 +185,10 @@ The direction for both api's may be converted freely by casting. However the dma_ API uses a strongly typed enumerator for its direction: -DMA_NONE = PCI_DMA_NONE no direction (used for - debugging) -DMA_TO_DEVICE = PCI_DMA_TODEVICE data is going from the - memory to the device -DMA_FROM_DEVICE = PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE data is coming from - the device to the - memory -DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL = PCI_DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL direction isn't known +DMA_NONE no direction (used for debugging) +DMA_TO_DEVICE data is going from the memory to the device +DMA_FROM_DEVICE data is coming from the device to the memory +DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL direction isn't known Notes: Not all memory regions in a machine can be mapped by this API. Further, regions that appear to be physically contiguous in @@ -268,9 +251,6 @@ cache lines are updated with data that the device may have changed). void dma_unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction direction) -void -pci_unmap_single(struct pci_dev *hwdev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, - size_t size, int direction) Unmaps the region previously mapped. All the parameters passed in must be identical to those passed in (and returned) by the mapping @@ -280,15 +260,9 @@ dma_addr_t dma_map_page(struct device *dev, struct page *page, unsigned long offset, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction direction) -dma_addr_t -pci_map_page(struct pci_dev *hwdev, struct page *page, - unsigned long offset, size_t size, int direction) void dma_unmap_page(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_address, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction direction) -void -pci_unmap_page(struct pci_dev *hwdev, dma_addr_t dma_address, - size_t size, int direction) API for mapping and unmapping for pages. All the notes and warnings for the other mapping APIs apply here. Also, although the <offset> @@ -299,9 +273,6 @@ cache width is. int dma_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr) -int -pci_dma_mapping_error(struct pci_dev *hwdev, dma_addr_t dma_addr) - In some circumstances dma_map_single and dma_map_page will fail to create a mapping. A driver can check for these errors by testing the returned dma address with dma_mapping_error(). A non-zero return value means the mapping @@ -311,9 +282,6 @@ reduce current DMA mapping usage or delay and try again later). int dma_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents, enum dma_data_direction direction) - int - pci_map_sg(struct pci_dev *hwdev, struct scatterlist *sg, - int nents, int direction) Returns: the number of physical segments mapped (this may be shorter than <nents> passed in if some elements of the scatter/gather list are @@ -353,9 +321,6 @@ accessed sg->address and sg->length as shown above. void dma_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nhwentries, enum dma_data_direction direction) - void - pci_unmap_sg(struct pci_dev *hwdev, struct scatterlist *sg, - int nents, int direction) Unmap the previously mapped scatter/gather list. All the parameters must be the same as those and passed in to the scatter/gather mapping @@ -365,21 +330,23 @@ Note: <nents> must be the number you passed in, *not* the number of physical entries returned. void -dma_sync_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size, - enum dma_data_direction direction) +dma_sync_single_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction direction) void -pci_dma_sync_single(struct pci_dev *hwdev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, - size_t size, int direction) +dma_sync_single_for_device(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction direction) void -dma_sync_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems, - enum dma_data_direction direction) +dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems, + enum dma_data_direction direction) void -pci_dma_sync_sg(struct pci_dev *hwdev, struct scatterlist *sg, - int nelems, int direction) +dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems, + enum dma_data_direction direction) -Synchronise a single contiguous or scatter/gather mapping. All the -parameters must be the same as those passed into the single mapping -API. +Synchronise a single contiguous or scatter/gather mapping for the cpu +and device. With the sync_sg API, all the parameters must be the same +as those passed into the single mapping API. With the sync_single API, +you can use dma_handle and size parameters that aren't identical to +those passed into the single mapping API to do a partial sync. Notes: You must do this: @@ -461,9 +428,9 @@ void whizco_dma_map_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, Part II - Advanced dma_ usage ----------------------------- -Warning: These pieces of the DMA API have no PCI equivalent. They -should also not be used in the majority of cases, since they cater for -unlikely corner cases that don't belong in usual drivers. +Warning: These pieces of the DMA API should not be used in the +majority of cases, since they cater for unlikely corner cases that +don't belong in usual drivers. If you don't understand how cache line coherency works between a processor and an I/O device, you should not be using this part of the @@ -496,12 +463,6 @@ be identical to those passed in (and returned by dma_alloc_noncoherent()). int -dma_is_consistent(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle) - -Returns true if the device dev is performing consistent DMA on the memory -area pointed to by the dma_handle. - -int dma_get_cache_alignment(void) Returns the processor cache alignment. This is the absolute minimum @@ -514,16 +475,6 @@ into the width returned by this call. It will also always be a power of two for easy alignment. void -dma_sync_single_range(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, - unsigned long offset, size_t size, - enum dma_data_direction direction) - -Does a partial sync, starting at offset and continuing for size. You -must be careful to observe the cache alignment and width when doing -anything like this. You must also be extra careful about accessing -memory you intend to sync partially. - -void dma_cache_sync(struct device *dev, void *vaddr, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction direction) @@ -727,3 +678,15 @@ out of dma_debug_entries. These entries are preallocated at boot. The number of preallocated entries is defined per architecture. If it is too low for you boot with 'dma_debug_entries=<your_desired_number>' to overwrite the architectural default. + +void debug_dmap_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr); + +dma-debug interface debug_dma_mapping_error() to debug drivers that fail +to check dma mapping errors on addresses returned by dma_map_single() and +dma_map_page() interfaces. This interface clears a flag set by +debug_dma_map_page() to indicate that dma_mapping_error() has been called by +the driver. When driver does unmap, debug_dma_unmap() checks the flag and if +this flag is still set, prints warning message that includes call trace that +leads up to the unmap. This interface can be called from dma_mapping_error() +routines to enable dma mapping error check debugging. + diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt index b768cc0e402b..e59480db9ee0 100644 --- a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt +++ b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt @@ -31,3 +31,72 @@ may be weakly ordered, that is that reads and writes may pass each other. Since it is optional for platforms to implement DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING, those that do not will simply ignore the attribute and exhibit default behavior. + +DMA_ATTR_WRITE_COMBINE +---------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_WRITE_COMBINE specifies that writes to the mapping may be +buffered to improve performance. + +Since it is optional for platforms to implement DMA_ATTR_WRITE_COMBINE, +those that do not will simply ignore the attribute and exhibit default +behavior. + +DMA_ATTR_NON_CONSISTENT +----------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_NON_CONSISTENT lets the platform to choose to return either +consistent or non-consistent memory as it sees fit. By using this API, +you are guaranteeing to the platform that you have all the correct and +necessary sync points for this memory in the driver. + +DMA_ATTR_NO_KERNEL_MAPPING +-------------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_NO_KERNEL_MAPPING lets the platform to avoid creating a kernel +virtual mapping for the allocated buffer. On some architectures creating +such mapping is non-trivial task and consumes very limited resources +(like kernel virtual address space or dma consistent address space). +Buffers allocated with this attribute can be only passed to user space +by calling dma_mmap_attrs(). By using this API, you are guaranteeing +that you won't dereference the pointer returned by dma_alloc_attr(). You +can threat it as a cookie that must be passed to dma_mmap_attrs() and +dma_free_attrs(). Make sure that both of these also get this attribute +set on each call. + +Since it is optional for platforms to implement +DMA_ATTR_NO_KERNEL_MAPPING, those that do not will simply ignore the +attribute and exhibit default behavior. + +DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC +---------------------- + +By default dma_map_{single,page,sg} functions family transfer a given +buffer from CPU domain to device domain. Some advanced use cases might +require sharing a buffer between more than one device. This requires +having a mapping created separately for each device and is usually +performed by calling dma_map_{single,page,sg} function more than once +for the given buffer with device pointer to each device taking part in +the buffer sharing. The first call transfers a buffer from 'CPU' domain +to 'device' domain, what synchronizes CPU caches for the given region +(usually it means that the cache has been flushed or invalidated +depending on the dma direction). However, next calls to +dma_map_{single,page,sg}() for other devices will perform exactly the +same sychronization operation on the CPU cache. CPU cache sychronization +might be a time consuming operation, especially if the buffers are +large, so it is highly recommended to avoid it if possible. +DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC allows platform code to skip synchronization of +the CPU cache for the given buffer assuming that it has been already +transferred to 'device' domain. This attribute can be also used for +dma_unmap_{single,page,sg} functions family to force buffer to stay in +device domain after releasing a mapping for it. Use this attribute with +care! + +DMA_ATTR_FORCE_CONTIGUOUS +------------------------- + +By default DMA-mapping subsystem is allowed to assemble the buffer +allocated by dma_alloc_attrs() function from individual pages if it can +be mapped as contiguous chunk into device dma address space. By +specifing this attribute the allocated buffer is forced to be contiguous +also in physical memory. diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt b/Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 01f24e94bdb6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,766 +0,0 @@ - Dynamic DMA mapping - =================== - - David S. Miller <davem@redhat.com> - Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com> - Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> - -This document describes the DMA mapping system in terms of the pci_ -API. For a similar API that works for generic devices, see -DMA-API.txt. - -Most of the 64bit platforms have special hardware that translates bus -addresses (DMA addresses) into physical addresses. This is similar to -how page tables and/or a TLB translates virtual addresses to physical -addresses on a CPU. This is needed so that e.g. PCI devices can -access with a Single Address Cycle (32bit DMA address) any page in the -64bit physical address space. Previously in Linux those 64bit -platforms had to set artificial limits on the maximum RAM size in the -system, so that the virt_to_bus() static scheme works (the DMA address -translation tables were simply filled on bootup to map each bus -address to the physical page __pa(bus_to_virt())). - -So that Linux can use the dynamic DMA mapping, it needs some help from the -drivers, namely it has to take into account that DMA addresses should be -mapped only for the time they are actually used and unmapped after the DMA -transfer. - -The following API will work of course even on platforms where no such -hardware exists, see e.g. arch/x86/include/asm/pci.h for how it is implemented on -top of the virt_to_bus interface. - -First of all, you should make sure - -#include <linux/pci.h> - -is in your driver. This file will obtain for you the definition of the -dma_addr_t (which can hold any valid DMA address for the platform) -type which should be used everywhere you hold a DMA (bus) address -returned from the DMA mapping functions. - - What memory is DMA'able? - -The first piece of information you must know is what kernel memory can -be used with the DMA mapping facilities. There has been an unwritten -set of rules regarding this, and this text is an attempt to finally -write them down. - -If you acquired your memory via the page allocator -(i.e. __get_free_page*()) or the generic memory allocators -(i.e. kmalloc() or kmem_cache_alloc()) then you may DMA to/from -that memory using the addresses returned from those routines. - -This means specifically that you may _not_ use the memory/addresses -returned from vmalloc() for DMA. It is possible to DMA to the -_underlying_ memory mapped into a vmalloc() area, but this requires -walking page tables to get the physical addresses, and then -translating each of those pages back to a kernel address using -something like __va(). [ EDIT: Update this when we integrate -Gerd Knorr's generic code which does this. ] - -This rule also means that you may use neither kernel image addresses -(items in data/text/bss segments), nor module image addresses, nor -stack addresses for DMA. These could all be mapped somewhere entirely -different than the rest of physical memory. Even if those classes of -memory could physically work with DMA, you'd need to ensure the I/O -buffers were cacheline-aligned. Without that, you'd see cacheline -sharing problems (data corruption) on CPUs with DMA-incoherent caches. -(The CPU could write to one word, DMA would write to a different one -in the same cache line, and one of them could be overwritten.) - -Also, this means that you cannot take the return of a kmap() -call and DMA to/from that. This is similar to vmalloc(). - -What about block I/O and networking buffers? The block I/O and -networking subsystems make sure that the buffers they use are valid -for you to DMA from/to. - - DMA addressing limitations - -Does your device have any DMA addressing limitations? For example, is -your device only capable of driving the low order 24-bits of address -on the PCI bus for SAC DMA transfers? If so, you need to inform the -PCI layer of this fact. - -By default, the kernel assumes that your device can address the full -32-bits in a SAC cycle. For a 64-bit DAC capable device, this needs -to be increased. And for a device with limitations, as discussed in -the previous paragraph, it needs to be decreased. - -pci_alloc_consistent() by default will return 32-bit DMA addresses. -PCI-X specification requires PCI-X devices to support 64-bit -addressing (DAC) for all transactions. And at least one platform (SGI -SN2) requires 64-bit consistent allocations to operate correctly when -the IO bus is in PCI-X mode. Therefore, like with pci_set_dma_mask(), -it's good practice to call pci_set_consistent_dma_mask() to set the -appropriate mask even if your device only supports 32-bit DMA -(default) and especially if it's a PCI-X device. - -For correct operation, you must interrogate the PCI layer in your -device probe routine to see if the PCI controller on the machine can -properly support the DMA addressing limitation your device has. It is -good style to do this even if your device holds the default setting, -because this shows that you did think about these issues wrt. your -device. - -The query is performed via a call to pci_set_dma_mask(): - - int pci_set_dma_mask(struct pci_dev *pdev, u64 device_mask); - -The query for consistent allocations is performed via a call to -pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(): - - int pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(struct pci_dev *pdev, u64 device_mask); - -Here, pdev is a pointer to the PCI device struct of your device, and -device_mask is a bit mask describing which bits of a PCI address your -device supports. It returns zero if your card can perform DMA -properly on the machine given the address mask you provided. - -If it returns non-zero, your device cannot perform DMA properly on -this platform, and attempting to do so will result in undefined -behavior. You must either use a different mask, or not use DMA. - -This means that in the failure case, you have three options: - -1) Use another DMA mask, if possible (see below). -2) Use some non-DMA mode for data transfer, if possible. -3) Ignore this device and do not initialize it. - -It is recommended that your driver print a kernel KERN_WARNING message -when you end up performing either #2 or #3. In this manner, if a user -of your driver reports that performance is bad or that the device is not -even detected, you can ask them for the kernel messages to find out -exactly why. - -The standard 32-bit addressing PCI device would do something like -this: - - if (pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { - printk(KERN_WARNING - "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n"); - goto ignore_this_device; - } - -Another common scenario is a 64-bit capable device. The approach -here is to try for 64-bit DAC addressing, but back down to a -32-bit mask should that fail. The PCI platform code may fail the -64-bit mask not because the platform is not capable of 64-bit -addressing. Rather, it may fail in this case simply because -32-bit SAC addressing is done more efficiently than DAC addressing. -Sparc64 is one platform which behaves in this way. - -Here is how you would handle a 64-bit capable device which can drive -all 64-bits when accessing streaming DMA: - - int using_dac; - - if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) { - using_dac = 1; - } else if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { - using_dac = 0; - } else { - printk(KERN_WARNING - "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n"); - goto ignore_this_device; - } - -If a card is capable of using 64-bit consistent allocations as well, -the case would look like this: - - int using_dac, consistent_using_dac; - - if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) { - using_dac = 1; - consistent_using_dac = 1; - pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64)); - } else if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { - using_dac = 0; - consistent_using_dac = 0; - pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32)); - } else { - printk(KERN_WARNING - "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n"); - goto ignore_this_device; - } - -pci_set_consistent_dma_mask() will always be able to set the same or a -smaller mask as pci_set_dma_mask(). However for the rare case that a -device driver only uses consistent allocations, one would have to -check the return value from pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(). - -Finally, if your device can only drive the low 24-bits of -address during PCI bus mastering you might do something like: - - if (pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(24))) { - printk(KERN_WARNING - "mydev: 24-bit DMA addressing not available.\n"); - goto ignore_this_device; - } - -When pci_set_dma_mask() is successful, and returns zero, the PCI layer -saves away this mask you have provided. The PCI layer will use this -information later when you make DMA mappings. - -There is a case which we are aware of at this time, which is worth -mentioning in this documentation. If your device supports multiple -functions (for example a sound card provides playback and record -functions) and the various different functions have _different_ -DMA addressing limitations, you may wish to probe each mask and -only provide the functionality which the machine can handle. It -is important that the last call to pci_set_dma_mask() be for the -most specific mask. - -Here is pseudo-code showing how this might be done: - - #define PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS DMA_BIT_MASK(32) - #define RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS 0x00ffffff - - struct my_sound_card *card; - struct pci_dev *pdev; - - ... - if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS)) { - card->playback_enabled = 1; - } else { - card->playback_enabled = 0; - printk(KERN_WARN "%s: Playback disabled due to DMA limitations.\n", - card->name); - } - if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS)) { - card->record_enabled = 1; - } else { - card->record_enabled = 0; - printk(KERN_WARN "%s: Record disabled due to DMA limitations.\n", - card->name); - } - -A sound card was used as an example here because this genre of PCI -devices seems to be littered with ISA chips given a PCI front end, -and thus retaining the 16MB DMA addressing limitations of ISA. - - Types of DMA mappings - -There are two types of DMA mappings: - -- Consistent DMA mappings which are usually mapped at driver - initialization, unmapped at the end and for which the hardware should - guarantee that the device and the CPU can access the data - in parallel and will see updates made by each other without any - explicit software flushing. - - Think of "consistent" as "synchronous" or "coherent". - - The current default is to return consistent memory in the low 32 - bits of the PCI bus space. However, for future compatibility you - should set the consistent mask even if this default is fine for your - driver. - - Good examples of what to use consistent mappings for are: - - - Network card DMA ring descriptors. - - SCSI adapter mailbox command data structures. - - Device firmware microcode executed out of - main memory. - - The invariant these examples all require is that any CPU store - to memory is immediately visible to the device, and vice - versa. Consistent mappings guarantee this. - - IMPORTANT: Consistent DMA memory does not preclude the usage of - proper memory barriers. The CPU may reorder stores to - consistent memory just as it may normal memory. Example: - if it is important for the device to see the first word - of a descriptor updated before the second, you must do - something like: - - desc->word0 = address; - wmb(); - desc->word1 = DESC_VALID; - - in order to get correct behavior on all platforms. - - Also, on some platforms your driver may need to flush CPU write - buffers in much the same way as it needs to flush write buffers - found in PCI bridges (such as by reading a register's value - after writing it). - -- Streaming DMA mappings which are usually mapped for one DMA transfer, - unmapped right after it (unless you use pci_dma_sync_* below) and for which - hardware can optimize for sequential accesses. - - This of "streaming" as "asynchronous" or "outside the coherency - domain". - - Good examples of what to use streaming mappings for are: - - - Networking buffers transmitted/received by a device. - - Filesystem buffers written/read by a SCSI device. - - The interfaces for using this type of mapping were designed in - such a way that an implementation can make whatever performance - optimizations the hardware allows. To this end, when using - such mappings you must be explicit about what you want to happen. - -Neither type of DMA mapping has alignment restrictions that come -from PCI, although some devices may have such restrictions. -Also, systems with caches that aren't DMA-coherent will work better -when the underlying buffers don't share cache lines with other data. - - - Using Consistent DMA mappings. - -To allocate and map large (PAGE_SIZE or so) consistent DMA regions, -you should do: - - dma_addr_t dma_handle; - - cpu_addr = pci_alloc_consistent(pdev, size, &dma_handle); - -where pdev is a struct pci_dev *. This may be called in interrupt context. -You should use dma_alloc_coherent (see DMA-API.txt) for buses -where devices don't have struct pci_dev (like ISA, EISA). - -This argument is needed because the DMA translations may be bus -specific (and often is private to the bus which the device is attached -to). - -Size is the length of the region you want to allocate, in bytes. - -This routine will allocate RAM for that region, so it acts similarly to -__get_free_pages (but takes size instead of a page order). If your -driver needs regions sized smaller than a page, you may prefer using -the pci_pool interface, described below. - -The consistent DMA mapping interfaces, for non-NULL pdev, will by -default return a DMA address which is SAC (Single Address Cycle) -addressable. Even if the device indicates (via PCI dma mask) that it -may address the upper 32-bits and thus perform DAC cycles, consistent -allocation will only return > 32-bit PCI addresses for DMA if the -consistent dma mask has been explicitly changed via -pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(). This is true of the pci_pool interface -as well. - -pci_alloc_consistent returns two values: the virtual address which you -can use to access it from the CPU and dma_handle which you pass to the -card. - -The cpu return address and the DMA bus master address are both -guaranteed to be aligned to the smallest PAGE_SIZE order which -is greater than or equal to the requested size. This invariant -exists (for example) to guarantee that if you allocate a chunk -which is smaller than or equal to 64 kilobytes, the extent of the -buffer you receive will not cross a 64K boundary. - -To unmap and free such a DMA region, you call: - - pci_free_consistent(pdev, size, cpu_addr, dma_handle); - -where pdev, size are the same as in the above call and cpu_addr and -dma_handle are the values pci_alloc_consistent returned to you. -This function may not be called in interrupt context. - -If your driver needs lots of smaller memory regions, you can write -custom code to subdivide pages returned by pci_alloc_consistent, -or you can use the pci_pool API to do that. A pci_pool is like -a kmem_cache, but it uses pci_alloc_consistent not __get_free_pages. -Also, it understands common hardware constraints for alignment, -like queue heads needing to be aligned on N byte boundaries. - -Create a pci_pool like this: - - struct pci_pool *pool; - - pool = pci_pool_create(name, pdev, size, align, alloc); - -The "name" is for diagnostics (like a kmem_cache name); pdev and size -are as above. The device's hardware alignment requirement for this -type of data is "align" (which is expressed in bytes, and must be a -power of two). If your device has no boundary crossing restrictions, -pass 0 for alloc; passing 4096 says memory allocated from this pool -must not cross 4KByte boundaries (but at that time it may be better to -go for pci_alloc_consistent directly instead). - -Allocate memory from a pci pool like this: - - cpu_addr = pci_pool_alloc(pool, flags, &dma_handle); - -flags are SLAB_KERNEL if blocking is permitted (not in_interrupt nor -holding SMP locks), SLAB_ATOMIC otherwise. Like pci_alloc_consistent, -this returns two values, cpu_addr and dma_handle. - -Free memory that was allocated from a pci_pool like this: - - pci_pool_free(pool, cpu_addr, dma_handle); - -where pool is what you passed to pci_pool_alloc, and cpu_addr and -dma_handle are the values pci_pool_alloc returned. This function -may be called in interrupt context. - -Destroy a pci_pool by calling: - - pci_pool_destroy(pool); - -Make sure you've called pci_pool_free for all memory allocated -from a pool before you destroy the pool. This function may not -be called in interrupt context. - - DMA Direction - -The interfaces described in subsequent portions of this document -take a DMA direction argument, which is an integer and takes on -one of the following values: - - PCI_DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL - PCI_DMA_TODEVICE - PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE - PCI_DMA_NONE - -One should provide the exact DMA direction if you know it. - -PCI_DMA_TODEVICE means "from main memory to the PCI device" -PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE means "from the PCI device to main memory" -It is the direction in which the data moves during the DMA -transfer. - -You are _strongly_ encouraged to specify this as precisely -as you possibly can. - -If you absolutely cannot know the direction of the DMA transfer, -specify PCI_DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL. It means that the DMA can go in -either direction. The platform guarantees that you may legally -specify this, and that it will work, but this may be at the -cost of performance for example. - -The value PCI_DMA_NONE is to be used for debugging. One can -hold this in a data structure before you come to know the -precise direction, and this will help catch cases where your -direction tracking logic has failed to set things up properly. - -Another advantage of specifying this value precisely (outside of -potential platform-specific optimizations of such) is for debugging. -Some platforms actually have a write permission boolean which DMA -mappings can be marked with, much like page protections in the user -program address space. Such platforms can and do report errors in the -kernel logs when the PCI controller hardware detects violation of the -permission setting. - -Only streaming mappings specify a direction, consistent mappings -implicitly have a direction attribute setting of -PCI_DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL. - -The SCSI subsystem tells you the direction to use in the -'sc_data_direction' member of the SCSI command your driver is -working on. - -For Networking drivers, it's a rather simple affair. For transmit -packets, map/unmap them with the PCI_DMA_TODEVICE direction -specifier. For receive packets, just the opposite, map/unmap them -with the PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE direction specifier. - - Using Streaming DMA mappings - -The streaming DMA mapping routines can be called from interrupt -context. There are two versions of each map/unmap, one which will -map/unmap a single memory region, and one which will map/unmap a -scatterlist. - -To map a single region, you do: - - struct pci_dev *pdev = mydev->pdev; - dma_addr_t dma_handle; - void *addr = buffer->ptr; - size_t size = buffer->len; - - dma_handle = pci_map_single(pdev, addr, size, direction); - -and to unmap it: - - pci_unmap_single(pdev, dma_handle, size, direction); - -You should call pci_unmap_single when the DMA activity is finished, e.g. -from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done. - -Using cpu pointers like this for single mappings has a disadvantage, -you cannot reference HIGHMEM memory in this way. Thus, there is a -map/unmap interface pair akin to pci_{map,unmap}_single. These -interfaces deal with page/offset pairs instead of cpu pointers. -Specifically: - - struct pci_dev *pdev = mydev->pdev; - dma_addr_t dma_handle; - struct page *page = buffer->page; - unsigned long offset = buffer->offset; - size_t size = buffer->len; - - dma_handle = pci_map_page(pdev, page, offset, size, direction); - - ... - - pci_unmap_page(pdev, dma_handle, size, direction); - -Here, "offset" means byte offset within the given page. - -With scatterlists, you map a region gathered from several regions by: - - int i, count = pci_map_sg(pdev, sglist, nents, direction); - struct scatterlist *sg; - - for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) { - hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg); - hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg); - } - -where nents is the number of entries in the sglist. - -The implementation is free to merge several consecutive sglist entries -into one (e.g. if DMA mapping is done with PAGE_SIZE granularity, any -consecutive sglist entries can be merged into one provided the first one -ends and the second one starts on a page boundary - in fact this is a huge -advantage for cards which either cannot do scatter-gather or have very -limited number of scatter-gather entries) and returns the actual number -of sg entries it mapped them to. On failure 0 is returned. - -Then you should loop count times (note: this can be less than nents times) -and use sg_dma_address() and sg_dma_len() macros where you previously -accessed sg->address and sg->length as shown above. - -To unmap a scatterlist, just call: - - pci_unmap_sg(pdev, sglist, nents, direction); - -Again, make sure DMA activity has already finished. - -PLEASE NOTE: The 'nents' argument to the pci_unmap_sg call must be - the _same_ one you passed into the pci_map_sg call, - it should _NOT_ be the 'count' value _returned_ from the - pci_map_sg call. - -Every pci_map_{single,sg} call should have its pci_unmap_{single,sg} -counterpart, because the bus address space is a shared resource (although -in some ports the mapping is per each BUS so less devices contend for the -same bus address space) and you could render the machine unusable by eating -all bus addresses. - -If you need to use the same streaming DMA region multiple times and touch -the data in between the DMA transfers, the buffer needs to be synced -properly in order for the cpu and device to see the most uptodate and -correct copy of the DMA buffer. - -So, firstly, just map it with pci_map_{single,sg}, and after each DMA -transfer call either: - - pci_dma_sync_single_for_cpu(pdev, dma_handle, size, direction); - -or: - - pci_dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(pdev, sglist, nents, direction); - -as appropriate. - -Then, if you wish to let the device get at the DMA area again, -finish accessing the data with the cpu, and then before actually -giving the buffer to the hardware call either: - - pci_dma_sync_single_for_device(pdev, dma_handle, size, direction); - -or: - - pci_dma_sync_sg_for_device(dev, sglist, nents, direction); - -as appropriate. - -After the last DMA transfer call one of the DMA unmap routines -pci_unmap_{single,sg}. If you don't touch the data from the first pci_map_* -call till pci_unmap_*, then you don't have to call the pci_dma_sync_* -routines at all. - -Here is pseudo code which shows a situation in which you would need -to use the pci_dma_sync_*() interfaces. - - my_card_setup_receive_buffer(struct my_card *cp, char *buffer, int len) - { - dma_addr_t mapping; - - mapping = pci_map_single(cp->pdev, buffer, len, PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE); - - cp->rx_buf = buffer; - cp->rx_len = len; - cp->rx_dma = mapping; - - give_rx_buf_to_card(cp); - } - - ... - - my_card_interrupt_handler(int irq, void *devid, struct pt_regs *regs) - { - struct my_card *cp = devid; - - ... - if (read_card_status(cp) == RX_BUF_TRANSFERRED) { - struct my_card_header *hp; - - /* Examine the header to see if we wish - * to accept the data. But synchronize - * the DMA transfer with the CPU first - * so that we see updated contents. - */ - pci_dma_sync_single_for_cpu(cp->pdev, cp->rx_dma, - cp->rx_len, - PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE); - - /* Now it is safe to examine the buffer. */ - hp = (struct my_card_header *) cp->rx_buf; - if (header_is_ok(hp)) { - pci_unmap_single(cp->pdev, cp->rx_dma, cp->rx_len, - PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE); - pass_to_upper_layers(cp->rx_buf); - make_and_setup_new_rx_buf(cp); - } else { - /* Just sync the buffer and give it back - * to the card. - */ - pci_dma_sync_single_for_device(cp->pdev, - cp->rx_dma, - cp->rx_len, - PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE); - give_rx_buf_to_card(cp); - } - } - } - -Drivers converted fully to this interface should not use virt_to_bus any -longer, nor should they use bus_to_virt. Some drivers have to be changed a -little bit, because there is no longer an equivalent to bus_to_virt in the -dynamic DMA mapping scheme - you have to always store the DMA addresses -returned by the pci_alloc_consistent, pci_pool_alloc, and pci_map_single -calls (pci_map_sg stores them in the scatterlist itself if the platform -supports dynamic DMA mapping in hardware) in your driver structures and/or -in the card registers. - -All PCI drivers should be using these interfaces with no exceptions. -It is planned to completely remove virt_to_bus() and bus_to_virt() as -they are entirely deprecated. Some ports already do not provide these -as it is impossible to correctly support them. - - Optimizing Unmap State Space Consumption - -On many platforms, pci_unmap_{single,page}() is simply a nop. -Therefore, keeping track of the mapping address and length is a waste -of space. Instead of filling your drivers up with ifdefs and the like -to "work around" this (which would defeat the whole purpose of a -portable API) the following facilities are provided. - -Actually, instead of describing the macros one by one, we'll -transform some example code. - -1) Use DECLARE_PCI_UNMAP_{ADDR,LEN} in state saving structures. - Example, before: - - struct ring_state { - struct sk_buff *skb; - dma_addr_t mapping; - __u32 len; - }; - - after: - - struct ring_state { - struct sk_buff *skb; - DECLARE_PCI_UNMAP_ADDR(mapping) - DECLARE_PCI_UNMAP_LEN(len) - }; - - NOTE: DO NOT put a semicolon at the end of the DECLARE_*() - macro. - -2) Use pci_unmap_{addr,len}_set to set these values. - Example, before: - - ringp->mapping = FOO; - ringp->len = BAR; - - after: - - pci_unmap_addr_set(ringp, mapping, FOO); - pci_unmap_len_set(ringp, len, BAR); - -3) Use pci_unmap_{addr,len} to access these values. - Example, before: - - pci_unmap_single(pdev, ringp->mapping, ringp->len, - PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE); - - after: - - pci_unmap_single(pdev, - pci_unmap_addr(ringp, mapping), - pci_unmap_len(ringp, len), - PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE); - -It really should be self-explanatory. We treat the ADDR and LEN -separately, because it is possible for an implementation to only -need the address in order to perform the unmap operation. - - Platform Issues - -If you are just writing drivers for Linux and do not maintain -an architecture port for the kernel, you can safely skip down -to "Closing". - -1) Struct scatterlist requirements. - - Struct scatterlist must contain, at a minimum, the following - members: - - struct page *page; - unsigned int offset; - unsigned int length; - - The base address is specified by a "page+offset" pair. - - Previous versions of struct scatterlist contained a "void *address" - field that was sometimes used instead of page+offset. As of Linux - 2.5., page+offset is always used, and the "address" field has been - deleted. - -2) More to come... - - Handling Errors - -DMA address space is limited on some architectures and an allocation -failure can be determined by: - -- checking if pci_alloc_consistent returns NULL or pci_map_sg returns 0 - -- checking the returned dma_addr_t of pci_map_single and pci_map_page - by using pci_dma_mapping_error(): - - dma_addr_t dma_handle; - - dma_handle = pci_map_single(pdev, addr, size, direction); - if (pci_dma_mapping_error(pdev, dma_handle)) { - /* - * reduce current DMA mapping usage, - * delay and try again later or - * reset driver. - */ - } - - Closing - -This document, and the API itself, would not be in it's current -form without the feedback and suggestions from numerous individuals. -We would like to specifically mention, in no particular order, the -following people: - - Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk> - Leo Dagum <dagum@barrel.engr.sgi.com> - Ralf Baechle <ralf@oss.sgi.com> - Grant Grundler <grundler@cup.hp.com> - Jay Estabrook <Jay.Estabrook@compaq.com> - Thomas Sailer <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch> - Andrea Arcangeli <andrea@suse.de> - Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> - David Mosberger-Tang <davidm@hpl.hp.com> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore b/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore index c6def352fe39..720f245ceb1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore @@ -8,3 +8,7 @@ *.dvi *.log *.out +*.png +*.gif +media-indices.tmpl +media-entities.tmpl diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f403ec3c5c9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,580 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE set PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []> +<set> + <setinfo> + <title>The 802.11 subsystems – for kernel developers</title> + <subtitle> + Explaining wireless 802.11 networking in the Linux kernel + </subtitle> + + <copyright> + <year>2007-2009</year> + <holder>Johannes Berg</holder> + </copyright> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Johannes</firstname> + <surname>Berg</surname> + <affiliation> + <address><email>johannes@sipsolutions.net</email></address> + </affiliation> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + </para> + <para> + This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + </para> + <para> + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this documentation; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + </para> + <para> + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <para> + These books attempt to give a description of the + various subsystems that play a role in 802.11 wireless + networking in Linux. Since these books are for kernel + developers they attempts to document the structures + and functions used in the kernel as well as giving a + higher-level overview. + </para> + <para> + The reader is expected to be familiar with the 802.11 + standard as published by the IEEE in 802.11-2007 (or + possibly later versions). References to this standard + will be given as "802.11-2007 8.1.5". + </para> + </abstract> + </setinfo> + <book id="cfg80211-developers-guide"> + <bookinfo> + <title>The cfg80211 subsystem</title> + + <abstract> +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Introduction + </abstract> + </bookinfo> + <chapter> + <title>Device registration</title> +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Device registration +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_band +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_rate_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_rate +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_sta_ht_cap +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_supported_band +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_signal_type +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_params_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wireless_dev +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_new +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_register +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_unregister +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_free + +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_name +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_dev +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_priv +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h priv_to_wiphy +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h set_wiphy_dev +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wdev_priv + </chapter> + <chapter> + <title>Actions and configuration</title> +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Actions and configuration +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ops +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h vif_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h key_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_beacon_data +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ap_settings +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_parameters +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h monitor_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h mpath_info_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h mpath_info +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h bss_parameters +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_txq_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_crypto_settings +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_auth_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_assoc_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_deauth_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_disassoc_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ibss_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_connect_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_pmksa +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_auth_timeout +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_assoc_timeout +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ibss_joined +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_connect_result +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_roamed +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_disconnected +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ready_on_channel +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_new_sta +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_rx_mgmt +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_michael_mic_failure + </chapter> + <chapter> + <title>Scanning and BSS list handling</title> +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Scanning and BSS list handling +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ssid +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_done +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_bss +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss_frame +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_unlink_bss +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_find_ie +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_bss_get_ie + </chapter> + <chapter> + <title>Utility functions</title> +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Utility functions +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel_to_frequency +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_frequency_to_channel +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_channel +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_response_rate +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_hdrlen +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_radiotap_iterator + </chapter> + <chapter> + <title>Data path helpers</title> +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Data path helpers +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_data_to_8023 +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_data_from_8023 +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_classify8021d + </chapter> + <chapter> + <title>Regulatory enforcement infrastructure</title> +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Regulatory enforcement infrastructure +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h regulatory_hint +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h freq_reg_info + </chapter> + <chapter> + <title>RFkill integration</title> +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h RFkill integration +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_start_polling +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling + </chapter> + <chapter> + <title>Test mode</title> +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Test mode +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_reply +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_event + </chapter> + </book> + <book id="mac80211-developers-guide"> + <bookinfo> + <title>The mac80211 subsystem</title> + <abstract> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Introduction +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Warning + </abstract> + </bookinfo> + + <toc></toc> + + <!-- + Generally, this document shall be ordered by increasing complexity. + It is important to note that readers should be able to read only + the first few sections to get a working driver and only advanced + usage should require reading the full document. + --> + + <part> + <title>The basic mac80211 driver interface</title> + <partintro> + <para> + You should read and understand the information contained + within this part of the book while implementing a driver. + In some chapters, advanced usage is noted, that may be + skipped at first. + </para> + <para> + This part of the book only covers station and monitor mode + functionality, additional information required to implement + the other modes is covered in the second part of the book. + </para> + </partintro> + + <chapter id="basics"> + <title>Basic hardware handling</title> + <para>TBD</para> + <para> + This chapter shall contain information on getting a hw + struct allocated and registered with mac80211. + </para> + <para> + Since it is required to allocate rates/modes before registering + a hw struct, this chapter shall also contain information on setting + up the rate/mode structs. + </para> + <para> + Additionally, some discussion about the callbacks and + the general programming model should be in here, including + the definition of ieee80211_ops which will be referred to + a lot. + </para> + <para> + Finally, a discussion of hardware capabilities should be done + with references to other parts of the book. + </para> + <!-- intentionally multiple !F lines to get proper order --> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_DEV +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ops +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_alloc_hw +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_register_hw +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_unregister_hw +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_free_hw + </chapter> + + <chapter id="phy-handling"> + <title>PHY configuration</title> + <para>TBD</para> + <para> + This chapter should describe PHY handling including + start/stop callbacks and the various structures used. + </para> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf_flags + </chapter> + + <chapter id="iface-handling"> + <title>Virtual interfaces</title> + <para>TBD</para> + <para> + This chapter should describe virtual interface basics + that are relevant to the driver (VLANs, MGMT etc are not.) + It should explain the use of the add_iface/remove_iface + callbacks as well as the interface configuration callbacks. + </para> + <para>Things related to AP mode should be discussed there.</para> + <para> + Things related to supporting multiple interfaces should be + in the appropriate chapter, a BIG FAT note should be here about + this though and the recommendation to allow only a single + interface in STA mode at first! + </para> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_vif + </chapter> + + <chapter id="rx-tx"> + <title>Receive and transmit processing</title> + <sect1> + <title>what should be here</title> + <para>TBD</para> + <para> + This should describe the receive and transmit + paths in mac80211/the drivers as well as + transmit status handling. + </para> + </sect1> + <sect1> + <title>Frame format</title> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame format + </sect1> + <sect1> + <title>Packet alignment</title> +!Pnet/mac80211/rx.c Packet alignment + </sect1> + <sect1> + <title>Calling into mac80211 from interrupts</title> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Calling mac80211 from interrupts + </sect1> + <sect1> + <title>functions/definitions</title> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_status +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rx_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_tx_info_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_tx_control_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rate_control_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_rate +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_ni +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_irqsafe +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_ni +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_get +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_duration +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_get +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_duration +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_generic_frame_duration +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queue +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queue +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queues +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queues +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_queue_stopped + </sect1> + </chapter> + + <chapter id="filters"> + <title>Frame filtering</title> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame filtering +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_filter_flags + </chapter> + + <chapter id="workqueue"> + <title>The mac80211 workqueue</title> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211 workqueue +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_queue_work +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_queue_delayed_work + </chapter> + </part> + + <part id="advanced"> + <title>Advanced driver interface</title> + <partintro> + <para> + Information contained within this part of the book is + of interest only for advanced interaction of mac80211 + with drivers to exploit more hardware capabilities and + improve performance. + </para> + </partintro> + + <chapter id="led-support"> + <title>LED support</title> + <para> + Mac80211 supports various ways of blinking LEDs. Wherever possible, + device LEDs should be exposed as LED class devices and hooked up to + the appropriate trigger, which will then be triggered appropriately + by mac80211. + </para> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tx_led_name +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_rx_led_name +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_radio_led_name +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tpt_blink +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger + </chapter> + + <chapter id="hardware-crypto-offload"> + <title>Hardware crypto acceleration</title> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Hardware crypto acceleration + <!-- intentionally multiple !F lines to get proper order --> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h set_key_cmd +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_conf +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k + </chapter> + + <chapter id="powersave"> + <title>Powersave support</title> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Powersave support + </chapter> + + <chapter id="beacon-filter"> + <title>Beacon filter support</title> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Beacon filter support +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_loss + </chapter> + + <chapter id="qos"> + <title>Multiple queues and QoS support</title> + <para>TBD</para> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_params + </chapter> + + <chapter id="AP"> + <title>Access point mode support</title> + <para>TBD</para> + <para>Some parts of the if_conf should be discussed here instead</para> + <para> + Insert notes about VLAN interfaces with hw crypto here or + in the hw crypto chapter. + </para> + <section id="ps-client"> + <title>support for powersaving clients</title> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h AP support for powersaving clients + </section> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_buffered_bc +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_get +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_eosp +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_frame_release_type +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_ps_transition +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_set_buffered +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_block_awake + </chapter> + + <chapter id="multi-iface"> + <title>Supporting multiple virtual interfaces</title> + <para>TBD</para> + <para> + Note: WDS with identical MAC address should almost always be OK + </para> + <para> + Insert notes about having multiple virtual interfaces with + different MAC addresses here, note which configurations are + supported by mac80211, add notes about supporting hw crypto + with it. + </para> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic + </chapter> + + <chapter id="station-handling"> + <title>Station handling</title> + <para>TODO</para> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h sta_notify_cmd +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_find_sta +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr + </chapter> + + <chapter id="hardware-scan-offload"> + <title>Hardware scan offload</title> + <para>TBD</para> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_scan_completed + </chapter> + + <chapter id="aggregation"> + <title>Aggregation</title> + <sect1> + <title>TX A-MPDU aggregation</title> +!Pnet/mac80211/agg-tx.c TX A-MPDU aggregation +!Cnet/mac80211/agg-tx.c + </sect1> + <sect1> + <title>RX A-MPDU aggregation</title> +!Pnet/mac80211/agg-rx.c RX A-MPDU aggregation +!Cnet/mac80211/agg-rx.c + </sect1> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action + </chapter> + + <chapter id="smps"> + <title>Spatial Multiplexing Powersave (SMPS)</title> +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Spatial multiplexing power save +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_request_smps +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_smps_mode + </chapter> + </part> + + <part id="rate-control"> + <title>Rate control interface</title> + <partintro> + <para>TBD</para> + <para> + This part of the book describes the rate control algorithm + interface and how it relates to mac80211 and drivers. + </para> + </partintro> + <chapter id="ratecontrol-api"> + <title>Rate Control API</title> + <para>TBD</para> +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rate_control_changed +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_rate_control +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h rate_control_send_low + </chapter> + </part> + + <part id="internal"> + <title>Internals</title> + <partintro> + <para>TBD</para> + <para> + This part of the book describes mac80211 internals. + </para> + </partintro> + + <chapter id="key-handling"> + <title>Key handling</title> + <sect1> + <title>Key handling basics</title> +!Pnet/mac80211/key.c Key handling basics + </sect1> + <sect1> + <title>MORE TBD</title> + <para>TBD</para> + </sect1> + </chapter> + + <chapter id="rx-processing"> + <title>Receive processing</title> + <para>TBD</para> + </chapter> + + <chapter id="tx-processing"> + <title>Transmit processing</title> + <para>TBD</para> + </chapter> + + <chapter id="sta-info"> + <title>Station info handling</title> + <sect1> + <title>Programming information</title> +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h sta_info +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h ieee80211_sta_info_flags + </sect1> + <sect1> + <title>STA information lifetime rules</title> +!Pnet/mac80211/sta_info.c STA information lifetime rules + </sect1> + </chapter> + + <chapter id="aggregation-internals"> + <title>Aggregation</title> +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h sta_ampdu_mlme +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h tid_ampdu_tx +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h tid_ampdu_rx + </chapter> + + <chapter id="synchronisation"> + <title>Synchronisation</title> + <para>TBD</para> + <para>Locking, lots of RCU</para> + </chapter> + </part> + </book> +</set> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile index ab8300f67182..bc3d9f8c0a90 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile @@ -6,15 +6,17 @@ # To add a new book the only step required is to add the book to the # list of DOCBOOKS. -DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml mcabook.xml device-drivers.xml \ +DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml device-drivers.xml \ kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \ - procfs-guide.xml writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \ + writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \ kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \ gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \ genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \ - mac80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \ + 80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \ alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \ - tracepoint.xml media.xml + tracepoint.xml drm.xml media_api.xml + +include $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile ### # The build process is as follows (targets): @@ -32,7 +34,7 @@ PS_METHOD = $(prefer-db2x) ### # The targets that may be used. -PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs media +PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs BOOKS := $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(DOCBOOKS)) xmldocs: $(BOOKS) @@ -45,16 +47,14 @@ PDF := $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(BOOKS)) pdfdocs: $(PDF) HTML := $(sort $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(BOOKS))) -htmldocs: media $(HTML) +htmldocs: $(HTML) $(call build_main_index) + $(call build_images) + $(call install_media_images) MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS)) mandocs: $(MAN) -media: - mkdir -p $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ - cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ - installmandocs: mandocs mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/ install Documentation/DocBook/man/*.9.gz /usr/local/man/man9/ @@ -62,10 +62,10 @@ installmandocs: mandocs ### #External programs used KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc -DOCPROC = $(objtree)/scripts/basic/docproc +DOCPROC = $(objtree)/scripts/docproc XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl -#XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation +XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation ### # DOCPROC is used for two purposes: @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ endef $(call if_changed_rule,docproc) ### -#Read in all saved dependency files +#Read in all saved dependency files cmd_files := $(wildcard $(foreach f,$(BOOKS),$(dir $(f)).$(notdir $(f)).cmd)) ifneq ($(cmd_files),) @@ -101,17 +101,6 @@ endif # Changes in kernel-doc force a rebuild of all documentation $(BOOKS): $(KERNELDOC) -### -# procfs guide uses a .c file as example code. -# This requires an explicit dependency -C-procfs-example = procfs_example.xml -C-procfs-example2 = $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(C-procfs-example)) -$(obj)/procfs-guide.xml: $(C-procfs-example2) - -# List of programs to build -##oops, this is a kernel module::hostprogs-y := procfs_example -obj-m += procfs_example.o - # Tell kbuild to always build the programs always := $(hostprogs-y) @@ -150,7 +139,7 @@ quiet_cmd_db2pdf = PDF $@ index = index.html main_idx = Documentation/DocBook/$(index) -build_main_index = rm -rf $(main_idx) && \ +build_main_index = rm -rf $(main_idx); \ echo '<h1>Linux Kernel HTML Documentation</h1>' >> $(main_idx) && \ echo '<h2>Kernel Version: $(KERNELVERSION)</h2>' >> $(main_idx) && \ cat $(HTML) >> $(main_idx) @@ -238,11 +227,11 @@ clean-files := $(DOCBOOKS) \ $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ - $(C-procfs-example) $(index) + $(index) clean-dirs := $(patsubst %.xml,%,$(DOCBOOKS)) man -cleandocs: +cleandocs: cleanmediadocs $(Q)rm -f $(call objectify, $(clean-files)) $(Q)rm -rf $(call objectify, $(clean-dirs)) diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl index 08ff908aa7a2..24979f691e3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl @@ -96,6 +96,7 @@ <listitem><para>debug_object_deactivate</para></listitem> <listitem><para>debug_object_destroy</para></listitem> <listitem><para>debug_object_free</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>debug_object_assert_init</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Each of these functions takes the address of the real object and a pointer to the object type specific debug description @@ -273,6 +274,26 @@ debug checks. </para> </sect1> + + <sect1 id="debug_object_assert_init"> + <title>debug_object_assert_init</title> + <para> + This function is called to assert that an object has been + initialized. + </para> + <para> + When the real object is not tracked by debugobjects, it calls + fixup_assert_init of the object type description structure + provided by the caller, with the hardcoded object state + ODEBUG_NOT_AVAILABLE. The fixup function can correct the problem + by calling debug_object_init and other specific initializing + functions. + </para> + <para> + When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is + ignored. + </para> + </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="fixupfunctions"> <title>Fixup functions</title> @@ -381,6 +402,35 @@ statistics. </para> </sect1> + <sect1 id="fixup_assert_init"> + <title>fixup_assert_init</title> + <para> + This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem + in debug_object_assert_init is detected. + </para> + <para> + Called from debug_object_assert_init() with a hardcoded state + ODEBUG_STATE_NOTAVAILABLE when the object is not found in the + debug bucket. + </para> + <para> + The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, + otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + statistics. + </para> + <para> + Note, this function should make sure debug_object_init() is + called before returning. + </para> + <para> + The handling of statically initialized objects is a special + case. The fixup function should check if this is a legitimate + case of a statically initialized object or not. In this case only + debug_object_init() should be called to make the object known to + the tracker. Then the function should return 0 because this is not + a real fixup. + </para> + </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="bugs"> <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl index 94a20fe8fedf..fe397f90a34f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl @@ -45,15 +45,21 @@ </sect1> <sect1><title>Atomic and pointer manipulation</title> -!Iarch/x86/include/asm/atomic_32.h -!Iarch/x86/include/asm/unaligned.h +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/atomic.h </sect1> <sect1><title>Delaying, scheduling, and timer routines</title> !Iinclude/linux/sched.h -!Ekernel/sched.c +!Ekernel/sched/core.c +!Ikernel/sched/cpupri.c +!Ikernel/sched/fair.c +!Iinclude/linux/completion.h !Ekernel/timer.c </sect1> + <sect1><title>Wait queues and Wake events</title> +!Iinclude/linux/wait.h +!Ekernel/wait.c + </sect1> <sect1><title>High-resolution timers</title> !Iinclude/linux/ktime.h !Iinclude/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -78,7 +84,7 @@ X!Iinclude/linux/kobject.h <sect1><title>Kernel utility functions</title> !Iinclude/linux/kernel.h -!Ekernel/printk.c +!Ekernel/printk/printk.c !Ekernel/panic.c !Ekernel/sys.c !Ekernel/rcupdate.c @@ -92,13 +98,16 @@ X!Iinclude/linux/kobject.h <chapter id="devdrivers"> <title>Device drivers infrastructure</title> + <sect1><title>The Basic Device Driver-Model Structures </title> +!Iinclude/linux/device.h + </sect1> <sect1><title>Device Drivers Base</title> -<!-- -X!Iinclude/linux/device.h ---> +!Idrivers/base/init.c !Edrivers/base/driver.c !Edrivers/base/core.c +!Edrivers/base/syscore.c !Edrivers/base/class.c +!Idrivers/base/node.c !Edrivers/base/firmware_class.c !Edrivers/base/transport_class.c <!-- Cannot be included, because @@ -107,13 +116,21 @@ X!Iinclude/linux/device.h exceed allowed 44 characters maximum X!Edrivers/base/attribute_container.c --> -!Edrivers/base/sys.c +!Edrivers/base/dd.c <!-- X!Edrivers/base/interface.c --> +!Iinclude/linux/platform_device.h !Edrivers/base/platform.c !Edrivers/base/bus.c </sect1> + <sect1><title>Device Drivers DMA Management</title> +!Edrivers/base/dma-buf.c +!Edrivers/base/reservation.c +!Iinclude/linux/reservation.h +!Edrivers/base/dma-coherent.c +!Edrivers/base/dma-mapping.c + </sect1> <sect1><title>Device Drivers Power Management</title> !Edrivers/base/power/main.c </sect1> @@ -211,9 +228,8 @@ X!Isound/sound_firmware.c <chapter id="uart16x50"> <title>16x50 UART Driver</title> -!Iinclude/linux/serial_core.h -!Edrivers/serial/serial_core.c -!Edrivers/serial/8250.c +!Edrivers/tty/serial/serial_core.c +!Edrivers/tty/serial/8250/8250_core.c </chapter> <chapter id="fbdev"> @@ -283,20 +299,37 @@ KAO --> </sect1> <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Fonts</title> <para> - Refer to the file drivers/video/console/fonts.c for more information. + Refer to the file lib/fonts/fonts.c for more information. </para> <!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source -X!Idrivers/video/console/fonts.c +X!Ilib/fonts/fonts.c --> </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="input_subsystem"> <title>Input Subsystem</title> + <sect1><title>Input core</title> !Iinclude/linux/input.h !Edrivers/input/input.c !Edrivers/input/ff-core.c !Edrivers/input/ff-memless.c + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Multitouch Library</title> +!Iinclude/linux/input/mt.h +!Edrivers/input/input-mt.c + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Polled input devices</title> +!Iinclude/linux/input-polldev.h +!Edrivers/input/input-polldev.c + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Matrix keyboars/keypads</title> +!Iinclude/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Sparse keymap support</title> +!Iinclude/linux/input/sparse-keymap.h +!Edrivers/input/sparse-keymap.c + </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="spi"> @@ -415,4 +448,21 @@ X!Idrivers/video/console/fonts.c !Edrivers/i2c/i2c-core.c </chapter> + <chapter id="hsi"> + <title>High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI)</title> + + <para> + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a + serial interface mainly used for connecting application + engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular + handsets. + + HSI provides multiplexing for up to 16 logical channels, + low-latency and full duplex communication. + </para> + +!Iinclude/linux/hsi/hsi.h +!Edrivers/hsi/hsi.c + </chapter> + </book> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl index 3ed88126ab8f..54199a0dcf9a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl @@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ CPU B: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags) <chapter id="pubfunctions"> <title>Public Functions Provided</title> -!Iarch/x86/include/asm/io_32.h -!Elib/iomap.c +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/io.h +!Elib/pci_iomap.c </chapter> </book> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ed1d6d289022 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,2763 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []> + +<book id="drmDevelopersGuide"> + <bookinfo> + <title>Linux DRM Developer's Guide</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Jesse</firstname> + <surname>Barnes</surname> + <contrib>Initial version</contrib> + <affiliation> + <orgname>Intel Corporation</orgname> + <address> + <email>jesse.barnes@intel.com</email> + </address> + </affiliation> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Laurent</firstname> + <surname>Pinchart</surname> + <contrib>Driver internals</contrib> + <affiliation> + <orgname>Ideas on board SPRL</orgname> + <address> + <email>laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com</email> + </address> + </affiliation> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <copyright> + <year>2008-2009</year> + <year>2012</year> + <holder>Intel Corporation</holder> + <holder>Laurent Pinchart</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + The contents of this file may be used under the terms of the GNU + General Public License version 2 (the "GPL") as distributed in + the kernel source COPYING file. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <revhistory> + <!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. --> + <revision> + <revnumber>1.0</revnumber> + <date>2012-07-13</date> + <authorinitials>LP</authorinitials> + <revremark>Added extensive documentation about driver internals. + </revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </bookinfo> + +<toc></toc> + + <!-- Introduction --> + + <chapter id="drmIntroduction"> + <title>Introduction</title> + <para> + The Linux DRM layer contains code intended to support the needs + of complex graphics devices, usually containing programmable + pipelines well suited to 3D graphics acceleration. Graphics + drivers in the kernel may make use of DRM functions to make + tasks like memory management, interrupt handling and DMA easier, + and provide a uniform interface to applications. + </para> + <para> + A note on versions: this guide covers features found in the DRM + tree, including the TTM memory manager, output configuration and + mode setting, and the new vblank internals, in addition to all + the regular features found in current kernels. + </para> + <para> + [Insert diagram of typical DRM stack here] + </para> + </chapter> + + <!-- Internals --> + + <chapter id="drmInternals"> + <title>DRM Internals</title> + <para> + This chapter documents DRM internals relevant to driver authors + and developers working to add support for the latest features to + existing drivers. + </para> + <para> + First, we go over some typical driver initialization + requirements, like setting up command buffers, creating an + initial output configuration, and initializing core services. + Subsequent sections cover core internals in more detail, + providing implementation notes and examples. + </para> + <para> + The DRM layer provides several services to graphics drivers, + many of them driven by the application interfaces it provides + through libdrm, the library that wraps most of the DRM ioctls. + These include vblank event handling, memory + management, output management, framebuffer management, command + submission & fencing, suspend/resume support, and DMA + services. + </para> + + <!-- Internals: driver init --> + + <sect1> + <title>Driver Initialization</title> + <para> + At the core of every DRM driver is a <structname>drm_driver</structname> + structure. Drivers typically statically initialize a drm_driver structure, + and then pass it to one of the <function>drm_*_init()</function> functions + to register it with the DRM subsystem. + </para> + <para> + The <structname>drm_driver</structname> structure contains static + information that describes the driver and features it supports, and + pointers to methods that the DRM core will call to implement the DRM API. + We will first go through the <structname>drm_driver</structname> static + information fields, and will then describe individual operations in + details as they get used in later sections. + </para> + <sect2> + <title>Driver Information</title> + <sect3> + <title>Driver Features</title> + <para> + Drivers inform the DRM core about their requirements and supported + features by setting appropriate flags in the + <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field. Since those flags + influence the DRM core behaviour since registration time, most of them + must be set to registering the <structname>drm_driver</structname> + instance. + </para> + <synopsis>u32 driver_features;</synopsis> + <variablelist> + <title>Driver Feature Flags</title> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_USE_AGP</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver uses AGP interface, the DRM core will manage AGP resources. + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_REQUIRE_AGP</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver needs AGP interface to function. AGP initialization failure + will become a fatal error. + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_PCI_DMA</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver is capable of PCI DMA, mapping of PCI DMA buffers to + userspace will be enabled. Deprecated. + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_SG</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver can perform scatter/gather DMA, allocation and mapping of + scatter/gather buffers will be enabled. Deprecated. + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_HAVE_DMA</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver supports DMA, the userspace DMA API will be supported. + Deprecated. + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ</term><term>DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED</term> + <listitem><para> + DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ indicates whether the driver has an IRQ handler + managed by the DRM Core. The core will support simple IRQ handler + installation when the flag is set. The installation process is + described in <xref linkend="drm-irq-registration"/>.</para> + <para>DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED indicates whether the device & handler + support shared IRQs (note that this is required of PCI drivers). + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_GEM</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver use the GEM memory manager. + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_MODESET</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver supports mode setting interfaces (KMS). + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_PRIME</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver implements DRM PRIME buffer sharing. + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_RENDER</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver supports dedicated render nodes. + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Major, Minor and Patchlevel</title> + <synopsis>int major; +int minor; +int patchlevel;</synopsis> + <para> + The DRM core identifies driver versions by a major, minor and patch + level triplet. The information is printed to the kernel log at + initialization time and passed to userspace through the + DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl. + </para> + <para> + The major and minor numbers are also used to verify the requested driver + API version passed to DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION. When the driver API changes + between minor versions, applications can call DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION to + select a specific version of the API. If the requested major isn't equal + to the driver major, or the requested minor is larger than the driver + minor, the DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION call will return an error. Otherwise + the driver's set_version() method will be called with the requested + version. + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Name, Description and Date</title> + <synopsis>char *name; +char *desc; +char *date;</synopsis> + <para> + The driver name is printed to the kernel log at initialization time, + used for IRQ registration and passed to userspace through + DRM_IOCTL_VERSION. + </para> + <para> + The driver description is a purely informative string passed to + userspace through the DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl and otherwise unused by + the kernel. + </para> + <para> + The driver date, formatted as YYYYMMDD, is meant to identify the date of + the latest modification to the driver. However, as most drivers fail to + update it, its value is mostly useless. The DRM core prints it to the + kernel log at initialization time and passes it to userspace through the + DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl. + </para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Driver Load</title> + <para> + The <methodname>load</methodname> method is the driver and device + initialization entry point. The method is responsible for allocating and + initializing driver private data, specifying supported performance + counters, performing resource allocation and mapping (e.g. acquiring + clocks, mapping registers or allocating command buffers), initializing + the memory manager (<xref linkend="drm-memory-management"/>), installing + the IRQ handler (<xref linkend="drm-irq-registration"/>), setting up + vertical blanking handling (<xref linkend="drm-vertical-blank"/>), mode + setting (<xref linkend="drm-mode-setting"/>) and initial output + configuration (<xref linkend="drm-kms-init"/>). + </para> + <note><para> + If compatibility is a concern (e.g. with drivers converted over from + User Mode Setting to Kernel Mode Setting), care must be taken to prevent + device initialization and control that is incompatible with currently + active userspace drivers. For instance, if user level mode setting + drivers are in use, it would be problematic to perform output discovery + & configuration at load time. Likewise, if user-level drivers + unaware of memory management are in use, memory management and command + buffer setup may need to be omitted. These requirements are + driver-specific, and care needs to be taken to keep both old and new + applications and libraries working. + </para></note> + <synopsis>int (*load) (struct drm_device *, unsigned long flags);</synopsis> + <para> + The method takes two arguments, a pointer to the newly created + <structname>drm_device</structname> and flags. The flags are used to + pass the <structfield>driver_data</structfield> field of the device id + corresponding to the device passed to <function>drm_*_init()</function>. + Only PCI devices currently use this, USB and platform DRM drivers have + their <methodname>load</methodname> method called with flags to 0. + </para> + <sect3> + <title>Driver Private & Performance Counters</title> + <para> + The driver private hangs off the main + <structname>drm_device</structname> structure and can be used for + tracking various device-specific bits of information, like register + offsets, command buffer status, register state for suspend/resume, etc. + At load time, a driver may simply allocate one and set + <structname>drm_device</structname>.<structfield>dev_priv</structfield> + appropriately; it should be freed and + <structname>drm_device</structname>.<structfield>dev_priv</structfield> + set to NULL when the driver is unloaded. + </para> + <para> + DRM supports several counters which were used for rough performance + characterization. This stat counter system is deprecated and should not + be used. If performance monitoring is desired, the developer should + investigate and potentially enhance the kernel perf and tracing + infrastructure to export GPU related performance information for + consumption by performance monitoring tools and applications. + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="drm-irq-registration"> + <title>IRQ Registration</title> + <para> + The DRM core tries to facilitate IRQ handler registration and + unregistration by providing <function>drm_irq_install</function> and + <function>drm_irq_uninstall</function> functions. Those functions only + support a single interrupt per device, devices that use more than one + IRQs need to be handled manually. + </para> + <sect4> + <title>Managed IRQ Registration</title> + <para> + Both the <function>drm_irq_install</function> and + <function>drm_irq_uninstall</function> functions get the device IRQ by + calling <function>drm_dev_to_irq</function>. This inline function will + call a bus-specific operation to retrieve the IRQ number. For platform + devices, <function>platform_get_irq</function>(..., 0) is used to + retrieve the IRQ number. + </para> + <para> + <function>drm_irq_install</function> starts by calling the + <methodname>irq_preinstall</methodname> driver operation. The operation + is optional and must make sure that the interrupt will not get fired by + clearing all pending interrupt flags or disabling the interrupt. + </para> + <para> + The IRQ will then be requested by a call to + <function>request_irq</function>. If the DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED driver + feature flag is set, a shared (IRQF_SHARED) IRQ handler will be + requested. + </para> + <para> + The IRQ handler function must be provided as the mandatory irq_handler + driver operation. It will get passed directly to + <function>request_irq</function> and thus has the same prototype as all + IRQ handlers. It will get called with a pointer to the DRM device as the + second argument. + </para> + <para> + Finally the function calls the optional + <methodname>irq_postinstall</methodname> driver operation. The operation + usually enables interrupts (excluding the vblank interrupt, which is + enabled separately), but drivers may choose to enable/disable interrupts + at a different time. + </para> + <para> + <function>drm_irq_uninstall</function> is similarly used to uninstall an + IRQ handler. It starts by waking up all processes waiting on a vblank + interrupt to make sure they don't hang, and then calls the optional + <methodname>irq_uninstall</methodname> driver operation. The operation + must disable all hardware interrupts. Finally the function frees the IRQ + by calling <function>free_irq</function>. + </para> + </sect4> + <sect4> + <title>Manual IRQ Registration</title> + <para> + Drivers that require multiple interrupt handlers can't use the managed + IRQ registration functions. In that case IRQs must be registered and + unregistered manually (usually with the <function>request_irq</function> + and <function>free_irq</function> functions, or their devm_* equivalent). + </para> + <para> + When manually registering IRQs, drivers must not set the DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ + driver feature flag, and must not provide the + <methodname>irq_handler</methodname> driver operation. They must set the + <structname>drm_device</structname> <structfield>irq_enabled</structfield> + field to 1 upon registration of the IRQs, and clear it to 0 after + unregistering the IRQs. + </para> + </sect4> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Memory Manager Initialization</title> + <para> + Every DRM driver requires a memory manager which must be initialized at + load time. DRM currently contains two memory managers, the Translation + Table Manager (TTM) and the Graphics Execution Manager (GEM). + This document describes the use of the GEM memory manager only. See + <xref linkend="drm-memory-management"/> for details. + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Miscellaneous Device Configuration</title> + <para> + Another task that may be necessary for PCI devices during configuration + is mapping the video BIOS. On many devices, the VBIOS describes device + configuration, LCD panel timings (if any), and contains flags indicating + device state. Mapping the BIOS can be done using the pci_map_rom() call, + a convenience function that takes care of mapping the actual ROM, + whether it has been shadowed into memory (typically at address 0xc0000) + or exists on the PCI device in the ROM BAR. Note that after the ROM has + been mapped and any necessary information has been extracted, it should + be unmapped; on many devices, the ROM address decoder is shared with + other BARs, so leaving it mapped could cause undesired behaviour like + hangs or memory corruption. + <!--!Fdrivers/pci/rom.c pci_map_rom--> + </para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <!-- Internals: memory management --> + + <sect1 id="drm-memory-management"> + <title>Memory management</title> + <para> + Modern Linux systems require large amount of graphics memory to store + frame buffers, textures, vertices and other graphics-related data. Given + the very dynamic nature of many of that data, managing graphics memory + efficiently is thus crucial for the graphics stack and plays a central + role in the DRM infrastructure. + </para> + <para> + The DRM core includes two memory managers, namely Translation Table Maps + (TTM) and Graphics Execution Manager (GEM). TTM was the first DRM memory + manager to be developed and tried to be a one-size-fits-them all + solution. It provides a single userspace API to accommodate the need of + all hardware, supporting both Unified Memory Architecture (UMA) devices + and devices with dedicated video RAM (i.e. most discrete video cards). + This resulted in a large, complex piece of code that turned out to be + hard to use for driver development. + </para> + <para> + GEM started as an Intel-sponsored project in reaction to TTM's + complexity. Its design philosophy is completely different: instead of + providing a solution to every graphics memory-related problems, GEM + identified common code between drivers and created a support library to + share it. GEM has simpler initialization and execution requirements than + TTM, but has no video RAM management capabitilies and is thus limited to + UMA devices. + </para> + <sect2> + <title>The Translation Table Manager (TTM)</title> + <para> + TTM design background and information belongs here. + </para> + <sect3> + <title>TTM initialization</title> + <warning><para>This section is outdated.</para></warning> + <para> + Drivers wishing to support TTM must fill out a drm_bo_driver + structure. The structure contains several fields with function + pointers for initializing the TTM, allocating and freeing memory, + waiting for command completion and fence synchronization, and memory + migration. See the radeon_ttm.c file for an example of usage. + </para> + <para> + The ttm_global_reference structure is made up of several fields: + </para> + <programlisting> + struct ttm_global_reference { + enum ttm_global_types global_type; + size_t size; + void *object; + int (*init) (struct ttm_global_reference *); + void (*release) (struct ttm_global_reference *); + }; + </programlisting> + <para> + There should be one global reference structure for your memory + manager as a whole, and there will be others for each object + created by the memory manager at runtime. Your global TTM should + have a type of TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_MEM. The size field for the global + object should be sizeof(struct ttm_mem_global), and the init and + release hooks should point at your driver-specific init and + release routines, which probably eventually call + ttm_mem_global_init and ttm_mem_global_release, respectively. + </para> + <para> + Once your global TTM accounting structure is set up and initialized + by calling ttm_global_item_ref() on it, + you need to create a buffer object TTM to + provide a pool for buffer object allocation by clients and the + kernel itself. The type of this object should be TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO, + and its size should be sizeof(struct ttm_bo_global). Again, + driver-specific init and release functions may be provided, + likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_init() and + ttm_bo_global_release(), respectively. Also, like the previous + object, ttm_global_item_ref() is used to create an initial reference + count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function. + </para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="drm-gem"> + <title>The Graphics Execution Manager (GEM)</title> + <para> + The GEM design approach has resulted in a memory manager that doesn't + provide full coverage of all (or even all common) use cases in its + userspace or kernel API. GEM exposes a set of standard memory-related + operations to userspace and a set of helper functions to drivers, and let + drivers implement hardware-specific operations with their own private API. + </para> + <para> + The GEM userspace API is described in the + <ulink url="http://lwn.net/Articles/283798/"><citetitle>GEM - the Graphics + Execution Manager</citetitle></ulink> article on LWN. While slightly + outdated, the document provides a good overview of the GEM API principles. + Buffer allocation and read and write operations, described as part of the + common GEM API, are currently implemented using driver-specific ioctls. + </para> + <para> + GEM is data-agnostic. It manages abstract buffer objects without knowing + what individual buffers contain. APIs that require knowledge of buffer + contents or purpose, such as buffer allocation or synchronization + primitives, are thus outside of the scope of GEM and must be implemented + using driver-specific ioctls. + </para> + <para> + On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem>Memory allocation and freeing</listitem> + <listitem>Command execution</listitem> + <listitem>Aperture management at command execution time</listitem> + </itemizedlist> + Buffer object allocation is relatively straightforward and largely + provided by Linux's shmem layer, which provides memory to back each + object. + </para> + <para> + Device-specific operations, such as command execution, pinning, buffer + read & write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers are left to + driver-specific ioctls. + </para> + <sect3> + <title>GEM Initialization</title> + <para> + Drivers that use GEM must set the DRIVER_GEM bit in the struct + <structname>drm_driver</structname> + <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field. The DRM core will + then automatically initialize the GEM core before calling the + <methodname>load</methodname> operation. Behind the scene, this will + create a DRM Memory Manager object which provides an address space + pool for object allocation. + </para> + <para> + In a KMS configuration, drivers need to allocate and initialize a + command ring buffer following core GEM initialization if required by + the hardware. UMA devices usually have what is called a "stolen" + memory region, which provides space for the initial framebuffer and + large, contiguous memory regions required by the device. This space is + typically not managed by GEM, and must be initialized separately into + its own DRM MM object. + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>GEM Objects Creation</title> + <para> + GEM splits creation of GEM objects and allocation of the memory that + backs them in two distinct operations. + </para> + <para> + GEM objects are represented by an instance of struct + <structname>drm_gem_object</structname>. Drivers usually need to extend + GEM objects with private information and thus create a driver-specific + GEM object structure type that embeds an instance of struct + <structname>drm_gem_object</structname>. + </para> + <para> + To create a GEM object, a driver allocates memory for an instance of its + specific GEM object type and initializes the embedded struct + <structname>drm_gem_object</structname> with a call to + <function>drm_gem_object_init</function>. The function takes a pointer to + the DRM device, a pointer to the GEM object and the buffer object size + in bytes. + </para> + <para> + GEM uses shmem to allocate anonymous pageable memory. + <function>drm_gem_object_init</function> will create an shmfs file of + the requested size and store it into the struct + <structname>drm_gem_object</structname> <structfield>filp</structfield> + field. The memory is used as either main storage for the object when the + graphics hardware uses system memory directly or as a backing store + otherwise. + </para> + <para> + Drivers are responsible for the actual physical pages allocation by + calling <function>shmem_read_mapping_page_gfp</function> for each page. + Note that they can decide to allocate pages when initializing the GEM + object, or to delay allocation until the memory is needed (for instance + when a page fault occurs as a result of a userspace memory access or + when the driver needs to start a DMA transfer involving the memory). + </para> + <para> + Anonymous pageable memory allocation is not always desired, for instance + when the hardware requires physically contiguous system memory as is + often the case in embedded devices. Drivers can create GEM objects with + no shmfs backing (called private GEM objects) by initializing them with + a call to <function>drm_gem_private_object_init</function> instead of + <function>drm_gem_object_init</function>. Storage for private GEM + objects must be managed by drivers. + </para> + <para> + Drivers that do not need to extend GEM objects with private information + can call the <function>drm_gem_object_alloc</function> function to + allocate and initialize a struct <structname>drm_gem_object</structname> + instance. The GEM core will call the optional driver + <methodname>gem_init_object</methodname> operation after initializing + the GEM object with <function>drm_gem_object_init</function>. + <synopsis>int (*gem_init_object) (struct drm_gem_object *obj);</synopsis> + </para> + <para> + No alloc-and-init function exists for private GEM objects. + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>GEM Objects Lifetime</title> + <para> + All GEM objects are reference-counted by the GEM core. References can be + acquired and release by <function>calling drm_gem_object_reference</function> + and <function>drm_gem_object_unreference</function> respectively. The + caller must hold the <structname>drm_device</structname> + <structfield>struct_mutex</structfield> lock. As a convenience, GEM + provides the <function>drm_gem_object_reference_unlocked</function> and + <function>drm_gem_object_unreference_unlocked</function> functions that + can be called without holding the lock. + </para> + <para> + When the last reference to a GEM object is released the GEM core calls + the <structname>drm_driver</structname> + <methodname>gem_free_object</methodname> operation. That operation is + mandatory for GEM-enabled drivers and must free the GEM object and all + associated resources. + </para> + <para> + <synopsis>void (*gem_free_object) (struct drm_gem_object *obj);</synopsis> + Drivers are responsible for freeing all GEM object resources, including + the resources created by the GEM core. If an mmap offset has been + created for the object (in which case + <structname>drm_gem_object</structname>::<structfield>map_list</structfield>::<structfield>map</structfield> + is not NULL) it must be freed by a call to + <function>drm_gem_free_mmap_offset</function>. The shmfs backing store + must be released by calling <function>drm_gem_object_release</function> + (that function can safely be called if no shmfs backing store has been + created). + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>GEM Objects Naming</title> + <para> + Communication between userspace and the kernel refers to GEM objects + using local handles, global names or, more recently, file descriptors. + All of those are 32-bit integer values; the usual Linux kernel limits + apply to the file descriptors. + </para> + <para> + GEM handles are local to a DRM file. Applications get a handle to a GEM + object through a driver-specific ioctl, and can use that handle to refer + to the GEM object in other standard or driver-specific ioctls. Closing a + DRM file handle frees all its GEM handles and dereferences the + associated GEM objects. + </para> + <para> + To create a handle for a GEM object drivers call + <function>drm_gem_handle_create</function>. The function takes a pointer + to the DRM file and the GEM object and returns a locally unique handle. + When the handle is no longer needed drivers delete it with a call to + <function>drm_gem_handle_delete</function>. Finally the GEM object + associated with a handle can be retrieved by a call to + <function>drm_gem_object_lookup</function>. + </para> + <para> + Handles don't take ownership of GEM objects, they only take a reference + to the object that will be dropped when the handle is destroyed. To + avoid leaking GEM objects, drivers must make sure they drop the + reference(s) they own (such as the initial reference taken at object + creation time) as appropriate, without any special consideration for the + handle. For example, in the particular case of combined GEM object and + handle creation in the implementation of the + <methodname>dumb_create</methodname> operation, drivers must drop the + initial reference to the GEM object before returning the handle. + </para> + <para> + GEM names are similar in purpose to handles but are not local to DRM + files. They can be passed between processes to reference a GEM object + globally. Names can't be used directly to refer to objects in the DRM + API, applications must convert handles to names and names to handles + using the DRM_IOCTL_GEM_FLINK and DRM_IOCTL_GEM_OPEN ioctls + respectively. The conversion is handled by the DRM core without any + driver-specific support. + </para> + <para> + Similar to global names, GEM file descriptors are also used to share GEM + objects across processes. They offer additional security: as file + descriptors must be explicitly sent over UNIX domain sockets to be shared + between applications, they can't be guessed like the globally unique GEM + names. + </para> + <para> + Drivers that support GEM file descriptors, also known as the DRM PRIME + API, must set the DRIVER_PRIME bit in the struct + <structname>drm_driver</structname> + <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field, and implement the + <methodname>prime_handle_to_fd</methodname> and + <methodname>prime_fd_to_handle</methodname> operations. + </para> + <para> + <synopsis>int (*prime_handle_to_fd)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_file *file_priv, uint32_t handle, + uint32_t flags, int *prime_fd); + int (*prime_fd_to_handle)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_file *file_priv, int prime_fd, + uint32_t *handle);</synopsis> + Those two operations convert a handle to a PRIME file descriptor and + vice versa. Drivers must use the kernel dma-buf buffer sharing framework + to manage the PRIME file descriptors. + </para> + <para> + While non-GEM drivers must implement the operations themselves, GEM + drivers must use the <function>drm_gem_prime_handle_to_fd</function> + and <function>drm_gem_prime_fd_to_handle</function> helper functions. + Those helpers rely on the driver + <methodname>gem_prime_export</methodname> and + <methodname>gem_prime_import</methodname> operations to create a dma-buf + instance from a GEM object (dma-buf exporter role) and to create a GEM + object from a dma-buf instance (dma-buf importer role). + </para> + <para> + <synopsis>struct dma_buf * (*gem_prime_export)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_gem_object *obj, + int flags); + struct drm_gem_object * (*gem_prime_import)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct dma_buf *dma_buf);</synopsis> + These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support DRM + PRIME. + </para> + <sect4> + <title>DRM PRIME Helper Functions Reference</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c PRIME Helpers + </sect4> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="drm-gem-objects-mapping"> + <title>GEM Objects Mapping</title> + <para> + Because mapping operations are fairly heavyweight GEM favours + read/write-like access to buffers, implemented through driver-specific + ioctls, over mapping buffers to userspace. However, when random access + to the buffer is needed (to perform software rendering for instance), + direct access to the object can be more efficient. + </para> + <para> + The mmap system call can't be used directly to map GEM objects, as they + don't have their own file handle. Two alternative methods currently + co-exist to map GEM objects to userspace. The first method uses a + driver-specific ioctl to perform the mapping operation, calling + <function>do_mmap</function> under the hood. This is often considered + dubious, seems to be discouraged for new GEM-enabled drivers, and will + thus not be described here. + </para> + <para> + The second method uses the mmap system call on the DRM file handle. + <synopsis>void *mmap(void *addr, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, + off_t offset);</synopsis> + DRM identifies the GEM object to be mapped by a fake offset passed + through the mmap offset argument. Prior to being mapped, a GEM object + must thus be associated with a fake offset. To do so, drivers must call + <function>drm_gem_create_mmap_offset</function> on the object. The + function allocates a fake offset range from a pool and stores the + offset divided by PAGE_SIZE in + <literal>obj->map_list.hash.key</literal>. Care must be taken not to + call <function>drm_gem_create_mmap_offset</function> if a fake offset + has already been allocated for the object. This can be tested by + <literal>obj->map_list.map</literal> being non-NULL. + </para> + <para> + Once allocated, the fake offset value + (<literal>obj->map_list.hash.key << PAGE_SHIFT</literal>) + must be passed to the application in a driver-specific way and can then + be used as the mmap offset argument. + </para> + <para> + The GEM core provides a helper method <function>drm_gem_mmap</function> + to handle object mapping. The method can be set directly as the mmap + file operation handler. It will look up the GEM object based on the + offset value and set the VMA operations to the + <structname>drm_driver</structname> <structfield>gem_vm_ops</structfield> + field. Note that <function>drm_gem_mmap</function> doesn't map memory to + userspace, but relies on the driver-provided fault handler to map pages + individually. + </para> + <para> + To use <function>drm_gem_mmap</function>, drivers must fill the struct + <structname>drm_driver</structname> <structfield>gem_vm_ops</structfield> + field with a pointer to VM operations. + </para> + <para> + <synopsis>struct vm_operations_struct *gem_vm_ops + + struct vm_operations_struct { + void (*open)(struct vm_area_struct * area); + void (*close)(struct vm_area_struct * area); + int (*fault)(struct vm_area_struct *vma, struct vm_fault *vmf); + };</synopsis> + </para> + <para> + The <methodname>open</methodname> and <methodname>close</methodname> + operations must update the GEM object reference count. Drivers can use + the <function>drm_gem_vm_open</function> and + <function>drm_gem_vm_close</function> helper functions directly as open + and close handlers. + </para> + <para> + The fault operation handler is responsible for mapping individual pages + to userspace when a page fault occurs. Depending on the memory + allocation scheme, drivers can allocate pages at fault time, or can + decide to allocate memory for the GEM object at the time the object is + created. + </para> + <para> + Drivers that want to map the GEM object upfront instead of handling page + faults can implement their own mmap file operation handler. + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Dumb GEM Objects</title> + <para> + The GEM API doesn't standardize GEM objects creation and leaves it to + driver-specific ioctls. While not an issue for full-fledged graphics + stacks that include device-specific userspace components (in libdrm for + instance), this limit makes DRM-based early boot graphics unnecessarily + complex. + </para> + <para> + Dumb GEM objects partly alleviate the problem by providing a standard + API to create dumb buffers suitable for scanout, which can then be used + to create KMS frame buffers. + </para> + <para> + To support dumb GEM objects drivers must implement the + <methodname>dumb_create</methodname>, + <methodname>dumb_destroy</methodname> and + <methodname>dumb_map_offset</methodname> operations. + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <synopsis>int (*dumb_create)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_mode_create_dumb *args);</synopsis> + <para> + The <methodname>dumb_create</methodname> operation creates a GEM + object suitable for scanout based on the width, height and depth + from the struct <structname>drm_mode_create_dumb</structname> + argument. It fills the argument's <structfield>handle</structfield>, + <structfield>pitch</structfield> and <structfield>size</structfield> + fields with a handle for the newly created GEM object and its line + pitch and size in bytes. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <synopsis>int (*dumb_destroy)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev, + uint32_t handle);</synopsis> + <para> + The <methodname>dumb_destroy</methodname> operation destroys a dumb + GEM object created by <methodname>dumb_create</methodname>. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <synopsis>int (*dumb_map_offset)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev, + uint32_t handle, uint64_t *offset);</synopsis> + <para> + The <methodname>dumb_map_offset</methodname> operation associates an + mmap fake offset with the GEM object given by the handle and returns + it. Drivers must use the + <function>drm_gem_create_mmap_offset</function> function to + associate the fake offset as described in + <xref linkend="drm-gem-objects-mapping"/>. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Memory Coherency</title> + <para> + When mapped to the device or used in a command buffer, backing pages + for an object are flushed to memory and marked write combined so as to + be coherent with the GPU. Likewise, if the CPU accesses an object + after the GPU has finished rendering to the object, then the object + must be made coherent with the CPU's view of memory, usually involving + GPU cache flushing of various kinds. This core CPU<->GPU + coherency management is provided by a device-specific ioctl, which + evaluates an object's current domain and performs any necessary + flushing or synchronization to put the object into the desired + coherency domain (note that the object may be busy, i.e. an active + render target; in that case, setting the domain blocks the client and + waits for rendering to complete before performing any necessary + flushing operations). + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Command Execution</title> + <para> + Perhaps the most important GEM function for GPU devices is providing a + command execution interface to clients. Client programs construct + command buffers containing references to previously allocated memory + objects, and then submit them to GEM. At that point, GEM takes care to + bind all the objects into the GTT, execute the buffer, and provide + necessary synchronization between clients accessing the same buffers. + This often involves evicting some objects from the GTT and re-binding + others (a fairly expensive operation), and providing relocation + support which hides fixed GTT offsets from clients. Clients must take + care not to submit command buffers that reference more objects than + can fit in the GTT; otherwise, GEM will reject them and no rendering + will occur. Similarly, if several objects in the buffer require fence + registers to be allocated for correct rendering (e.g. 2D blits on + pre-965 chips), care must be taken not to require more fence registers + than are available to the client. Such resource management should be + abstracted from the client in libdrm. + </para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <!-- Internals: mode setting --> + + <sect1 id="drm-mode-setting"> + <title>Mode Setting</title> + <para> + Drivers must initialize the mode setting core by calling + <function>drm_mode_config_init</function> on the DRM device. The function + initializes the <structname>drm_device</structname> + <structfield>mode_config</structfield> field and never fails. Once done, + mode configuration must be setup by initializing the following fields. + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <synopsis>int min_width, min_height; +int max_width, max_height;</synopsis> + <para> + Minimum and maximum width and height of the frame buffers in pixel + units. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <synopsis>struct drm_mode_config_funcs *funcs;</synopsis> + <para>Mode setting functions.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <sect2> + <title>Frame Buffer Creation</title> + <synopsis>struct drm_framebuffer *(*fb_create)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_file *file_priv, + struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd);</synopsis> + <para> + Frame buffers are abstract memory objects that provide a source of + pixels to scanout to a CRTC. Applications explicitly request the + creation of frame buffers through the DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ADDFB(2) ioctls and + receive an opaque handle that can be passed to the KMS CRTC control, + plane configuration and page flip functions. + </para> + <para> + Frame buffers rely on the underneath memory manager for low-level memory + operations. When creating a frame buffer applications pass a memory + handle (or a list of memory handles for multi-planar formats) through + the <parameter>drm_mode_fb_cmd2</parameter> argument. This document + assumes that the driver uses GEM, those handles thus reference GEM + objects. + </para> + <para> + Drivers must first validate the requested frame buffer parameters passed + through the mode_cmd argument. In particular this is where invalid + sizes, pixel formats or pitches can be caught. + </para> + <para> + If the parameters are deemed valid, drivers then create, initialize and + return an instance of struct <structname>drm_framebuffer</structname>. + If desired the instance can be embedded in a larger driver-specific + structure. Drivers must fill its <structfield>width</structfield>, + <structfield>height</structfield>, <structfield>pitches</structfield>, + <structfield>offsets</structfield>, <structfield>depth</structfield>, + <structfield>bits_per_pixel</structfield> and + <structfield>pixel_format</structfield> fields from the values passed + through the <parameter>drm_mode_fb_cmd2</parameter> argument. They + should call the <function>drm_helper_mode_fill_fb_struct</function> + helper function to do so. + </para> + + <para> + The initailization of the new framebuffer instance is finalized with a + call to <function>drm_framebuffer_init</function> which takes a pointer + to DRM frame buffer operations (struct + <structname>drm_framebuffer_funcs</structname>). Note that this function + publishes the framebuffer and so from this point on it can be accessed + concurrently from other threads. Hence it must be the last step in the + driver's framebuffer initialization sequence. Frame buffer operations + are + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <synopsis>int (*create_handle)(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, + struct drm_file *file_priv, unsigned int *handle);</synopsis> + <para> + Create a handle to the frame buffer underlying memory object. If + the frame buffer uses a multi-plane format, the handle will + reference the memory object associated with the first plane. + </para> + <para> + Drivers call <function>drm_gem_handle_create</function> to create + the handle. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <synopsis>void (*destroy)(struct drm_framebuffer *framebuffer);</synopsis> + <para> + Destroy the frame buffer object and frees all associated + resources. Drivers must call + <function>drm_framebuffer_cleanup</function> to free resources + allocated by the DRM core for the frame buffer object, and must + make sure to unreference all memory objects associated with the + frame buffer. Handles created by the + <methodname>create_handle</methodname> operation are released by + the DRM core. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <synopsis>int (*dirty)(struct drm_framebuffer *framebuffer, + struct drm_file *file_priv, unsigned flags, unsigned color, |